diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 126c16a68..9ac32753e 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -1737,7 +1737,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:44 msgid "Create a new bank account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إنشاء حساب بنكي جديد " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -7531,7 +7531,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:30 msgid "XRechnung (UBL)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "XRechnung (UBL)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:31 msgid "For German companies" @@ -8296,7 +8296,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:117 msgid "Product Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "مبيعات المنتجات " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:117 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:140 diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 26c9ce85b..6105e02ea 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -3313,7 +3313,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:16 msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/calendar/google`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/calendar/google`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:19 msgid "Setup in Google" @@ -3381,6 +3381,9 @@ msgid "" "However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User " "Type to be used." msgstr "" +"Gmail *개인* 계정은 사용자 유형으로 **외부** 항목만 선택하실 수 있으며, Google 승인 후에만 사용할 수 있거나 *범위* " +"내용을 추가하셔야 할 수 있습니다. 반면 *Google WorkSpace* 계정을 사용하는 경우에는 사용자 유형을 **내부**로 " +"선택하시면 됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -3388,6 +3391,8 @@ msgid "" "mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing" " mode is set to 100 users." msgstr "" +"다만, *외부* 테스트 모드에서 API 연결을 하는 경우에는 Google에서 승인을 받을 필요가 없습니다. 해당 테스트 모드에서 사용자 " +"설정은 100명으로 제한되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:63 msgid "Edit app registration" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 4fc8b2132..530209f50 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -252,8 +252,8 @@ msgid "" "the same statement, and one bank statement is created per month. You can " "change the bank statement creation periodicity in your journal settings." msgstr "" -"기본적으로, 온라인에서 가져온 거래 내역은 동일한 명세서 내역 상에서 그룹으로 만들어지며 한 달에 한 번씩 은행거래명세서를 생성합니다. " -"전표 설정에서 명세서 생성 주기를 변경하실 수 있습니다." +"기본적으로, 온라인에서 가져온 거래 내역은 동일한 명세서 내역 상에서 그룹으로 묶여서 매달 하나의 은행명세서로 제작됩니다. 전표 설정에서" +" 명세서 생성 주기를 변경하실 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -1229,9 +1229,9 @@ msgid "" "going to your Bank Journal card, clicking on the three little dots, and then" " on *Reconciliation Models*." msgstr "" -"새로운 **조정 모델**을 관리하거나 생성하려면, 메뉴에서 :menuselection:`회계 --> 조정 --> 조정 모델`을 " -"선택합니다. 또는 은행 업무 일지 항목으로 이동하여 점 세 개가 있는 메뉴를 클릭한 후 *조정 모델*을 클릭하면 회계 전체보기 메뉴에서도" -" 해당 메뉴를 열 수 있습니다." +"**조정 모델**을 새로 관리하거나 생성하려면, 메뉴에서 :menuselection:`회계 --> 조정 --> 조정 모델`을 선택합니다." +" 또는 은행 업무 일지 항목으로 이동하여 점 세 개 메뉴를 클릭한 후 *조정 모델*을 선택하면 회계 전체보기 항목에서도 해당 메뉴를 열 " +"수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -3431,8 +3431,8 @@ msgid "" "each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " "order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." msgstr "" -"Odoo에서 고객용 청구서, POS 주문발주서, 경비나 재고 이동 등에서 발생하는 회계 거래에 있어서 필요한 전표 항목 전체를 자동으로 " -"생성합니다. " +"Odoo에서 전체 업무를 진행하는 데 필요한 회계 전표 항목을 자동으로 생성하여 고객용 청구서나 POS 주문발주서, 경비나 재고 이동 " +"등을 실행할 수 있게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/main_concept.rst:12 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 227d93827..ce637aa20 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ msgstr "구글 로그인 인증" msgid "" "The *Google Sign-In Authentication* is a useful function that allows Odoo " "users to sign in to their database with their Google account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Google 로그인 인증*은 Odoo 사용자가 Google 계정으로 데이터베이스에 로그인할 수 있는 편리한 기능입니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -388,10 +388,12 @@ msgid "" "wants employees within the organization to connect to Odoo using their " "Google Accounts." msgstr "" +"회사에서 Google Workspace를 사용 중이어서 Google 계정을 통해 Odoo에 로그인하도록 할 경우 특히 유용하게 사용하실 " +"수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:12 msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/calendar/google`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/calendar/google`" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:66 @@ -408,7 +410,7 @@ msgstr "구성" msgid "" "The integration of the Google sign-in function requires configuration both " "on Google *and* Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Google 계정으로 로그인 기능을 통합하려면 Google *및* Odoo 양쪽에서 설정을 하셔야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:25 msgid "Google API Dashboard" @@ -425,14 +427,16 @@ msgid "" "on :guilabel:`Create Project`, fill out the project name and other details " "of the company, and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"올바른 프로젝트가 열려 있는지 확인하십시오. 아직 프로젝트를 생성하지 않았다면 :guilabel:`프로젝트 생성`를 선택하여 프로젝트 " +"이름과 기타 회사 정보를 입력한 후 :guilabel:`만들기`를 클릭하십시오." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 msgid "Filling out the details of a new project." -msgstr "" +msgstr "새로운 프로젝트의 세부 정보를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:37 msgid "Choose the name of the company from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "드롭다운 메뉴에서 회사 이름을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:42 msgid "OAuth consent screen" @@ -444,17 +448,18 @@ msgstr "왼쪽 메뉴에서 :menuselection:`OAuth 동의 화면`을 클릭합니 #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 msgid "Google OAuth consent selection menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Google OAuth 동의 항목에 대한 선택 메뉴입니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:50 msgid "" "Choose one of the options (:guilabel:`Internal` / :guilabel:`External`), and" " click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"선택 사항 (:guilabel:`내부` / :guilabel:`외부`) 중 하나를 선택한 후 :guilabel:`만들기`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 msgid "Choice of a user type in OAuth consent." -msgstr "" +msgstr "OAuth 동의 항목에서 사용자 유형을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -463,6 +468,9 @@ msgid "" "However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User " "Type to be used." msgstr "" +"Gmail *개인* 계정은 사용자 유형으로 **외부** 항목만 선택하실 수 있으며, Google 승인 후에만 사용할 수 있거나 *범위* " +"내용을 추가하셔야 할 수 있습니다. 반면 *Google WorkSpace* 계정을 사용하는 경우에는 사용자 유형을 **내부**로 " +"선택하시면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -470,18 +478,22 @@ msgid "" "mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing" " mode is set to 100 users." msgstr "" +"다만, *외부* 테스트 모드에서 API 연결을 하는 경우에는 Google에서 승인을 받을 필요가 없습니다. 해당 테스트 모드에서 사용자 " +"설정은 100명으로 제한되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:65 msgid "" "Fill out the required details and domain info, then click on :guilabel:`Save" " and Continue`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "필요한 세부 내용과 도메인 정보를 입력한 후 :guilabel:`저장하고 계속하기`을 클릭하십시오." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:66 msgid "" "On the :menuselection:`Scopes` page, leave all fields as is, and click on " ":guilabel:`Save and Continue`." msgstr "" +":menuselection:`범위` 페이지에서는 변경 없이 전체 내용을 그대로 두고 :guilabel:`저장하고 계속하기`을 " +"클릭하십시오." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -490,11 +502,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Users`, and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A " "summary of the app registration appears." msgstr "" +"다음으로 테스트 모드 (*외부*)를 계속 사용하려면 :guilabel:`사용자 추가`를 선택한 후 :guilabel:`테스트용 사용자` " +"단계에서 설정할 이메일 주소를 추가하고 :guilabel:`저장하고 계속하기*를 클릭합니다. 앱에 등록한 항목에 대한 요약 내용을 " +"확인하실 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:71 msgid "" "Finally, scroll to the bottom, and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "마지막으로 화면창을 아래로 스크롤하여 :guilabel:`현황판으로 돌아가기`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:76 msgid "Credentials" @@ -506,23 +521,25 @@ msgstr "왼쪽 메뉴에서 :menuselection:`자격증명`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 msgid "Credentials button menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "자격증명 버튼 메뉴." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:84 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`OAuth client " "ID`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`자격증명 만들기`를 클릭한 후 :guilabel:`OAuth 클라이언트 ID`를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 msgid "OAuth client id selection." -msgstr "" +msgstr "OAuth 클라이언트 ID 선택." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:90 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Web Application` as the :guilabel:`Application Type`. Now," " configure the allowed pages on which Odoo will be redirected." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`애플리케이션 유형`으로 :guilabel:`웹 애플리케이션`을 선택합니다. 이제 Odoo 리디렉션 페이지를 " +"구성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -531,6 +548,10 @@ msgid "" "For example: `https://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin`, then click on " ":guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"이렇게 하려면 :guilabel:`인증된 리디렉트 URI` 필드에 데이터베이스 도메인을 입력한 후 바로 뒤에 " +"`/auth_oauth/signin`를 입력하시면 됩니다. 예를 " +"들어,`https://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin` 을 입력한 후, :guilabel:`만들기`를 " +"클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -539,6 +560,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Client ID` for later, as it will be necessary for the " "configuration in Odoo, which will be covered in the following steps." msgstr "" +"*OAuth 클라이언트* 생성이 완료되어 :guilabel:`클라이언트 ID` 및 :guilabel:`Client Secret`이 있는 " +"화면이 나타납니다. 다음 단계에서 다룰 Odoo의 구성에 필요하므로 나중에 사용할 수 있도록 :guilabel:`클라이언트 ID`를 " +"복사합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:104 msgid "Google Authentication on Odoo" @@ -554,10 +578,12 @@ msgid "" "API Dashboard: :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Copy the" " :guilabel:`Client ID`." msgstr "" +"이전 단계가 완료되면 Google API 대시보드에 :guilabel:`클라이언트 ID` 및 :guilabel:`클라이언트 비밀번호` 두" +" 개의 키가 생성됩니다. :guilabel:`클라이언트 ID`를 복사합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst-1 msgid "Google OAuth Client ID generated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Google OAuth 클라이언트 ID가 생성되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:121 msgid "Odoo activation" @@ -568,10 +594,11 @@ msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Odoo General Settings --> Integrations` and activate " ":guilabel:`OAuth Authentication`." msgstr "" +":menuselection:`Odoo 일반 설정 --> 통합`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`OAuth 인증` 항목을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:127 msgid "Odoo may prompt the user to log-in again after this step." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 단계까지 마치면 Odoo에서 다시 로그인하라는 메시지가 나올 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -582,10 +609,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Client ID` with the key from the Google API Dashboard, and " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +":menuselection:`일반 설정 --> 통합 --> OAuth 인증`으로 돌아가서 선택 항목을 활성화하고 " +":guilabel:`저장`하십시오. 다음으로 :menuselection:`일반 설정 --> 통합 --> Google 인증`으로 돌아가서 " +"선택 항목을 활성화합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`클라이언트 ID`에 Google API 대시보드 항목에서 가져온 키를 입력한 후" +" :guilabel:`저장`하십시오." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 msgid "Filling out the client id in Odoo settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 설정에서 클라이언트 ID를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -593,6 +624,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`OAuth Providers` under the :guilabel:`OAuth Authentication` " "heading in :menuselection:`Integrations`." msgstr "" +":menuselection:`통합`의 :guilabel:`OAuth 인증` 항목 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`OAuth 제공업체`를 " +"클릭하여 Google OAuth2 구성 내용을 확인할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:145 msgid "Log in to Odoo with Google" @@ -603,10 +636,12 @@ msgid "" "To link the Google account to the Odoo profile, click on :guilabel:`Log in " "with Google` when first logging into Odoo." msgstr "" +"Google 계정을 Odoo 프로필에 연결시키려면 Odoo에 처음으로 로그인할 때 :guilabel:`Google로 로그인`을 " +"클릭하십시오." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 msgid "Reset password screen with \"Log in with Google\" button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"Google로 로그인\" 버튼이 있는 비밀번호 재설정 화면." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -615,6 +650,9 @@ msgid "" "directly click on :guilabel:`Log in with Google`, instead of choosing a new " "password." msgstr "" +"기존 사용자가 :menuselection:`비밀번호 재설정` 페이지를 이용하려면 반드시 :ref:`비밀번호 재설정 " +"`을 해야 합니다. 신규사용자는 새로운 비밀번호는 대신 :guilabel:`Google로 " +"로그인`을 바로 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -847,7 +885,7 @@ msgstr "현재 화면보기 편집 (예: 칸반, 목록, 도표 등)" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:102 msgid "See the :guilabel:`Fields View Get`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`필드 화면 가져오기`를 참고하시기 바랍니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:3 msgid "Digest Emails" @@ -879,23 +917,23 @@ msgstr "이메일 다이제스트에서 다음과 같이 다양하게 설정 항 #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:17 msgid "which KPIs are shared in the Digest" -msgstr "" +msgstr "다이제스트로 공유되는 KPI" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:18 msgid "how often Digest Emails are sent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "이메일 다이제스트 발송 빈도" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:19 msgid "who in your organization receives Digest Emails" -msgstr "" +msgstr "회사 내 이메일 다이제스트 수신 대상" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:20 msgid "creating custom Digest Email templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "이메일 다이제스트 서식 커스터마이징" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:21 msgid "adding additional KPIs (Studio required)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "별도 KPI 추가 (Studio 설치 필요)" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -1021,11 +1059,11 @@ msgstr "계산값 참조표" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:83 msgid "LABEL" -msgstr "" +msgstr "라벨" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:83 msgid "VALUE" -msgstr "" +msgstr "값" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:85 msgid "Connected Users" @@ -1033,11 +1071,11 @@ msgstr "연결된 사용자" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:85 msgid "`kpi_res_users_connected_value`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`kpi_res_users_connected_value`" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:87 msgid "Messages Sent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "메시지 전송 완료" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:87 msgid "`kpi_mail_message_total_value`" @@ -1077,7 +1115,7 @@ msgstr "`kpi_helpdesk_tickets_closed_value`" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:97 msgid "% of Happiness" -msgstr "" +msgstr "행복도 %" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:97 msgid "`kpi_livechat_rating_value`" @@ -1085,7 +1123,7 @@ msgstr "`kpi_livechat_rating_value`" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:99 msgid "Conversations handled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "연락 처리 완료" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:99 msgid "`kpi_livechat_conversations_value`" @@ -1606,12 +1644,17 @@ msgid "" "Conformance)` record of a domain name with a tool like `MXToolbox DMARC " "`_." msgstr "" +"`MXToolbox DMARC `__와 같은 도구를 사용하여 도메인 주소에서" +" :abbr:`DMARC(Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance:" +" 도메인기반메일인증)` 레코드를 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:186 msgid "" "`DMARC.org is another great resource to learn about DMARC records. " "`_" msgstr "" +"`DMARC.org 웹사이트에서 DMARC 레코드에 대해 자세히 알아볼 수 있습니다. " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:192 msgid "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentation of common providers" @@ -1685,12 +1728,16 @@ msgid "" "configuration in one sent email. Mail-Tester can also be used to configure " "records for other, lesser-known providers." msgstr "" +"구성 내용 전체를 테스트하려면 `메일테스터 `_ 를 사용해보십시오. 보낸 메일 한 " +"통 만으로 콘텐츠와 구성 항목에 대한 전체 내용을 파악할 수 있습니다. 별로 알려지지 않은 업체를 사용하는 경우에도 메일테스터를 통해 " +"레코드를 구성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:210 msgid "" "`Using Mail-Tester to set SPF Records for specific carriers " "`_" msgstr "" +"`메일테스터를 사용하여 특정 통신사에 대한 SPF 레코드 설정하기 `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:3 msgid "Send and receive emails in Odoo with an email server" @@ -1775,7 +1822,7 @@ msgid "" "Documents in Odoo (such as a CRM opportunity, a sales order, an invoice, " "etc.) have a discussion thread, called *chatter*." msgstr "" -"Odoo 문서 (CRM 영업기회, 판매발주서나 청구서 등)에는 관련 업무에 대해 논의한 내용을 담은 스레드인 *채터* 창이 있습니다." +"Odoo 문서 (CRM 영업기회, 판매주문서나 청구서 등)에는 관련 업무에 대해 논의한 내용을 담은 스레드인 *채터* 창이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -1977,7 +2024,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst-1 msgid "Outgoing email server settings and the FROM filter settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이메일 발신 서버 및 FROM 필터 설정." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -2150,7 +2197,7 @@ msgid "" "to know that a Sales Order or an Invoice did not reach its final " "destination." msgstr "" -"채팅창 (이메일 마케팅 외부)에서 반송되는 메시지는 전송 실패를 나타내는 빨간색 봉투로 표시됩니다. 이를 통해 판매발주서나 청구서가 " +"채팅창 (이메일 마케팅 외부)에서 반송되는 메시지는 전송 실패를 나타내는 빨간색 봉투로 표시됩니다. 이를 통해 판매주문서나 청구서가 " "최종적으로 전달되지 않았다는 것을 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:223 @@ -2263,6 +2310,11 @@ msgid "" "a change is made then the system will not recognize the old alias and the " "reply won't be received." msgstr "" +"캐치올 및 바운스 별칭을 편집하려면 먼저 :ref:`개발자 모드 `를 활성화하십시오. " +":menuselection:`설정 --> 기술 --> 매개변수 --> 시스템 매개변수`로 이동하여 별칭 " +"(`mail.catchall.alias` 및 `mail.bounce.alias`)을 편집합니다. 데이터베이스를 라이브로 설정하기 전에 " +"유형을 변경시켜두어야 합니다. 변경 후에는 시스템에서 이전 별칭을 인식하지 못하는 관계로, 변경 이후 고객으로부터 회신을 받는 경우에는 " +"이를 수신할 수 없게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:268 msgid "" @@ -2325,7 +2377,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 msgid "Composer in mass mailing mode after selecting multiple quotations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "여러 항목을 선택한 후 대량 메일 발송 모드를 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:28 msgid "You can also define them by default on the template:" @@ -2698,7 +2750,7 @@ msgid "" "The emails considered urgent (communication from one person to another one " "such as Sales Orders, Invoices, Purchase Orders, etc.) are sent directly." msgstr "" -"긴급 이메일로 간주되는 경우 (판매발주서, 청구서, 구매주문서 등 개인에게서 다른 개인에게 전송되는 이메일)에는 즉시 전송이 " +"긴급 이메일로 간주되는 경우 (판매주문서, 청구서, 구매발주서 등 개인에게서 다른 개인에게 전송되는 이메일)에는 즉시 전송이 " "이루어집니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 @@ -3396,7 +3448,7 @@ msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" msgstr "" -"단일 항목이 여러 개 항목과 연계되어 있는 경우에는 (예: 판매발주서에 주문 항목이 여러 개인 경우) 어떻게 가져오기 하나요?" +"단일 항목이 여러 개 항목과 연계되어 있는 경우에는 (예: 판매주문서에 주문 항목이 여러 개인 경우) 어떻게 가져오기 하나요?" #: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:268 msgid "" @@ -3408,7 +3460,7 @@ msgid "" "``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " "quotations you can import, based on demo data." msgstr "" -"여러 가지 주문 항목이 있는 판매발주서를 가져오기 하는 경우; CSV 파일에서 각각의 주문 항목이 특정 행에 위치하도록 해야 합니다. " +"여러 가지 주문 항목이 있는 판매주문서를 가져오기 하는 경우; CSV 파일에서 각각의 주문 항목이 특정 행에 위치하도록 해야 합니다. " "가져오기 하면 주문 관련 정보 행으로 첫 번째 주문 항목을 불러옵니다. 다른 추가 항목은 주문 관련 필드 정보가 없는다른 행을 추가하여 " "불러오게 됩니다. 예를 들어 데모 데이터를 바탕으로 한 " "``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` 견적서 파일을 살펴보겠습니다." @@ -4104,7 +4156,7 @@ msgstr "필터 설정" msgid "" "You can modify the default selection of records by clicking " ":guilabel:`Filters` and selecting one or several **preconfigured filters**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "레코드 기본 선택을 수정하려면 :guilabel:`필터`를 클릭 후 **사전 구성 필터** 중의 하나를 선택하시면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -4114,10 +4166,13 @@ msgid "" "*only* include records from a specific year, for example *2022*, by " "selecting :menuselection:`Order Date --> 2022`." msgstr "" +"판매 분석 보고서에서는 판매주문서 단계의 레코드가 기본 선택되도록 설정되어 있습니다. 그렇지만 :guilabel:`견적서`를 선택하여 " +"견적서 발급 단계의 레코드를 *추가로* 넣게 할 수도 있습니다. 또한 *2022*년과 같이 특정 연도의 레코드*만* 선택하고 싶은 " +"경우에는 :menuselection:`주문일자 --> 2022`를 선택하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0 msgid "Using preconfigured filters on the Sales Analysis report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "판매 분석 보고서에서 사전 구성 필터 적용하기" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -4126,10 +4181,12 @@ msgid "" "condition to be included. However, if you select filters from different " "groups, the records have to match *all* condition to be included." msgstr "" +"같은 그룹 내에서 사전 구성 필터를 적용하게 되면 (즉, 가로선으로 구분되지 *않음*) 레코드가 *하나라도* 필터 조건에 맞기만 하면 " +"선택하게 됩니다. 그러나 다른 그룹에서 필터를 적용하는 경우에는 필터에서 *모든* 조건에 맞는 레코드만 포함시키게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:34 msgid "Custom filters" -msgstr "" +msgstr "사용자 지정 필터" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -4137,6 +4194,8 @@ msgid "" "clicking :menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, selecting a field, " "an operator, a value, and clicking :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" +"맞춤형으로 필터를 생성하려면 :menuselection:`필터 --> 사용자 지정 필터 추가`를 클릭하여 필드와 명령어, 값을 선택하고 " +":guilabel:`적용`를 클릭하면 필드 전체를 사용할 수 있도록 필터를 만들어낼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -4145,10 +4204,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salesperson` as the field, :guilabel:`is equal to` as the " "operator, and typing `Mitchell Admin` as the value." msgstr "" +"판매 분석 보고서에 *Mitchell Admin*과 같이 영업 담당 직원 한 명의 레코드*만* 집계하려면, 필드로 " +":guilabel:`영업직원`을 선택하고 명령어로 :guilabel:`같음`을 선택하고 값으로 'Mitchell Admin'을 " +"입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0 msgid "Using a custom filter on the Sales Analysis report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "판매 분석 보고서에서 사용자 지정 필터 사용하기" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -4156,10 +4218,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a condition` before applying a custom filter. If the records " "should match *all* conditions, add new custom filters instead." msgstr "" +"여러 조건에서 하나*만* 해당하는 레코드를 선택하려면 사용자 지정 필터를 적용하기 전에 :guilabel:`조건 추가`를 클릭하십시오. " +"*모든* 조건에 해당하는 레코드를 선택하려면 대신 새로운 사용자 지정 필터를 추가하십시오." #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:57 msgid "Search for values" -msgstr "" +msgstr "값 검색" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -4169,6 +4233,8 @@ msgid "" "button (:guilabel:`⏵`) before the chosen field, and select the exact value " "you are looking for." msgstr "" +"검색창을 이용하여 바로 특정 값 검색이나 필터 추가를 할 수 있습니다. 전체 검색값을 입력하여 원하는 필드를 선택하거나 일부값만 입력할 " +"경우 선택한 필드 앞에 있는 드롭다운 버튼 (:guilabel:`⏵`)으로 찾을 값을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -4177,10 +4243,13 @@ msgid "" "`Mitch`, click the dropdown button (:guilabel:`⏵`) next to :guilabel:`Search" " Salesperson for: Mitch`, and select :guilabel:`Mitchell Admin`." msgstr "" +"판매 분석 보고서에 영업직원 레코드에서 *Mitchell Admin*를 검색하려면 사용자 지정 필터를 추가하지 않고도 `Mitch`만 " +"입력 후 :guilabel:`영업직원 검색: Mitch` 옆에 있는 드롭다운 버튼 (:guilabel:`⏵`)을 클릭한 후 " +":guilabel:`Mitchell Admin`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0 msgid "Searching for a specific value on the Sales Analysis report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "판매 분석 보고서에서 특정값 검색하기" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -4189,16 +4258,18 @@ msgid "" " desired field, *all* records containing the characters you typed for the " "selected field will be included." msgstr "" +"검색창을 사용하면 사용자 지정 필터에서 명령어로 *포함* 을 사용하는 것과 동일하게 검색이 됩니다. 일부값만 입력한 후 원하는 필드를 " +"직접 선택하면 선택 필드로 입력한 문자가 포함된 *전체* 레코드가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:82 msgid "Group records" -msgstr "" +msgstr "레코드 그룹 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:84 msgid "" "You can click :guilabel:`Group By` below the search field to cluster records" " together according to one of the **preconfigured groups**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "검색 필드 아래의 :guilabel:`그룹`을 클릭하면**사전 구성 그룹**으로 레코드를 그룹화할 수 있습니다. " #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -4206,10 +4277,12 @@ msgid "" "clicking :guilabel:`Group By` and selecting :guilabel:`Salesperson`. No " "records are filtered out." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`그룹`에서 :guilabel:`영업직원`을 선택하면 판매 분석 보고서에서 레코드를 영업 직원별로 그룹화할 수 " +"있습니다. 모든 레코드가 필터없이 포함됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0 msgid "Grouping records on the Sales Analysis report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "판매 분석 보고서에서 레코드 그룹 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -4217,6 +4290,8 @@ msgid "" "on the model. To do so, click :menuselection:`Group By --> Add Custom " "Group`, select a field, and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" +"모델에 있는 다양한 필드를 사용하여 **사용자 지정 그룹**을 만들 수 있습니다. :menuselection:`그룹 --> 사용자 지정 " +"그룹 추가`를 클릭하여 필드를 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`적용`을 클릭하십시오." #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -4224,6 +4299,8 @@ msgid "" "the main cluster, the next one you add further divides the main group's " "categories, and so on." msgstr "" +"여러 그룹을 동시에 사용할 수 있습니다. 선택한 첫 번째 그룹은 기본 그룹이고, 그 다음으로 추가되는 그룹부터는 기본 그룹 카테고리에서 " +"세부적으로 나뉘게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:5 msgid "Users and companies" @@ -4249,6 +4326,7 @@ msgid "" "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." msgstr "" +":ref:`개발자 모드 `를 활성화한 다음 :menuselection:`설정 --> 사용자 및 회사 --> 그룹`으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:9 msgid "Groups" @@ -4273,7 +4351,7 @@ msgstr "*사용자* 메뉴에 현재 사용자 목록을 확인할 수 있습니 #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1 msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab users in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo에서 사용자 탭이 선택되어 있는 그룹 양식 화면" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -4287,7 +4365,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1 msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab inherited in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo에서 상속 탭이 선택되어 있는 그룹 양식 화면" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -4303,7 +4381,7 @@ msgstr "*메뉴* 탭에서는 사용자가 액세스할 수 있는 메뉴 (모 #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1 msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab menus in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo에서 메뉴 탭이 선택되어 있는 그룹 양식 화면" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -4332,7 +4410,7 @@ msgstr "*삭제*: 사용자만 해당 개체값을 삭제할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1 msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab access rights in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo의 접근 권한 탭이 선택되어 있는 그룹 양식 화면" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -4352,7 +4430,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1 msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab record rules in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo의 레코드 규칙 탭이 선택되어 있는 그룹 양식 화면" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -4365,7 +4443,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:3 msgid "Companies" -msgstr "회사들" +msgstr "회사" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4395,7 +4473,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 msgid "Overview of a new company's form in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo에서 신규 회사 양식 전체보기 " #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -4411,7 +4489,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:0 msgid "" "View of a web browser and the favicon for a specific company chosen in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo에서 선택한 특정 회사의 웹브라우저 및 파비콘 화면" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -4427,7 +4505,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 msgid "View of the companies menu through the main dashboard in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 메인 현황판에서 볼 수 있는 회사 메뉴 화면" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -4449,29 +4527,32 @@ msgstr "*회사 추가*: 특정 회사로 로그인한 사용자가 자료를 #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 msgid "View of a product's form emphasizing the company field in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 영업에서 회사 필드가 선택되어 있는 품목 양식 화면" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:51 msgid "Employees' access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "직원 접근 권한" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:53 msgid "" "Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " "` for *Multi Companies*." msgstr "" +"회사 항목을 생성 후에는 *다중 회사*에 직원이 사용할 수 있는 :doc:`접근 권한 `을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 msgid "" "View of an user form emphasizing the multi companies field under the access rights tabs\n" "in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo의 접근 권한 탭에서 다중 회사 필드가 선택되어 있는 사용자 양식 화면" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:62 msgid "" "If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " "**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." msgstr "" +"데이터베이스에서 사용자가 여러 개의 회사를 *활성화*하여 레코드를 **편집**하는 경우, 레코드와 연관되어 있는 회사 항목에 편집 내용이" +" 적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -4479,28 +4560,30 @@ msgid "" "the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " "(the company from which the sale order was issued)." msgstr "" +"예: JS Store Belgium 회사 정보로 작업하는 동안 JS Store US에서 발행된 판매주문서 자료를 편집하는 경우 변경 " +"사항은 JS Store US (주문서 발행 회사)에 적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:66 msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "레코드 **생성** 시 회사와 관련되어 다음과 같은 내용을 고려합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:68 msgid "The current company (the one active) or," -msgstr "" +msgstr "현재 사용 중인 회사이거나 (활성화되어 있는 회사)," #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:69 msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," -msgstr "" +msgstr "설정한 회사 정보가 없거나 (제품 및 연락처 양식에 기재된 정보)," #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:70 msgid "" "The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " "is being edited)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "문서에 연결된 것과 동일한 회사 정보가 설정된 경우 (레코드를 편집하는 것과 같음)." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:73 msgid "Documents’ format" -msgstr "" +msgstr "문서 형식" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -4508,11 +4591,12 @@ msgid "" " the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " "Layout*." msgstr "" +"회사별로 문서 형식을 다르게 설정하려면 각각의 회사 항목을 *활성화*하여 *선택*한 후 *설정*에서 *문서 레이아웃 구성*을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the settings page emphasizing the document layout field in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo의 문서 레이아웃 필드가 선택되어 있는 설정 페이지 화면" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:83 msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" @@ -4521,35 +4605,38 @@ msgstr "회사간 자료 교환" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:85 msgid "" "First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "먼저 회사 항목에서 다음 내용이 제대로 설정되어 있는지 확인하시기 바랍니다:" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:87 msgid "" ":doc:`Chart of Accounts " "<../../finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`계정과목표 " +"<../../finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts>`" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:89 msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`세금 <../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes>`" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:90 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal Positions " "<../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`재정 상태 <../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:91 msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`전표 <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:92 msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations <../../finance/fiscal_localizations>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`재무 현지화 <../../finance/fiscal_localizations>`" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`가격표 <../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -4558,18 +4645,20 @@ msgid "" " operations between companies to be synchronized at an invoice/bills level " "or at a sales/purchase orders level." msgstr "" +"이제 *설정*에서 *회사 간 거래* 옵션을 사용하도록 활성화합니다. 각각의 회사 항목을 *활성화*하고 *선택*한 상태에서 " +"청구서/업체청구서 또는 판매/구매발주 중 어느 수준에서 회사 간 작업을 동기화할지 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the settings page emphasizing the inter company transaction field in" " Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo의 회사 간 거래 필드가 선택되어 있는 설정 페이지 화면" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:103 msgid "" "**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " "confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**청구서/업체청구서 동기화**: 선택한 회사에 대한 청구서/업체청구서를 확정하면 해당 청구서/업체청구서를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -4577,10 +4666,12 @@ msgid "" "automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " "Belgium." msgstr "" +"*예시:* JS Store US에 대해 JS Store Belgium로 청구서를 발행하면, 자동으로 JS Store Belgium에서 " +"JS Store US 측으로 보내는 업체 청구서가 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 msgid "View of an invoice for JS Store US created on JS Store Belgium in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo에서 JS Store Belgium가 발행한 JS Store US에 대한 청구서 화면" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -4589,6 +4680,8 @@ msgid "" "confirmed for the selected company. If instead of a drafted purchase/sales " "order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." msgstr "" +"**판매/구매발주서 동기화**: 선택한 회사에 대한 판매/구매 주문 확정이 완료되면 해당 회사의 창고를 기준으로 판매/구매발주서 초안을 " +"생성합니다. 판매/구매 관련 초안 서류를 작성하는 대신 바로 자료를 승인하게 하려면 *자동 확인* 기능을 활성화하십시오." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -4596,30 +4689,32 @@ msgid "" "Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " "confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." msgstr "" +"*예:* JS Store Belgium에서 JS Store US의 판매 주문이 확인되면 JS Store Belgium의 구매 관련 서류는" +" 자동으로 생성됩니다 (또한 *자동 확인* 기능이 활성화된 경우에는 확정됩니다)." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the purchase created on JS Store US from JS Store Belgium in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo의 JS Store Belgium에서 JS Store US 회사로 발주한 구매 서류 화면" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:126 msgid "" "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold* and must be shared between " "the companies." -msgstr "" +msgstr "각 품목은 *판매 가능*으로 설정되어야 하며 회사 간에 공유 상태로 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:129 msgid "" "Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." -msgstr "" +msgstr "전체 업무 흐름을 테스트하려면 관리자가 아닌 사용자로 로그인하시기 바랍니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:132 msgid ":doc:`Multi-company Guidelines `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`다중 회사 가이드라인 `" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:133 msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/others/multi_currency`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/others/multi_currency`" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:3 msgid "Deleting an Odoo.com Account" @@ -4653,7 +4748,7 @@ msgstr "메뉴에서 :guilabel:`계정 삭제`를 클릭하면 계정 삭제 여 msgid "" "Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " "change." -msgstr "" +msgstr "계정 삭제 버튼을 클릭하면 변경 사항 확인용으로 별도 창이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -4780,7 +4875,7 @@ msgstr "다음 메뉴로 이동 :메뉴 선택:`설정 --> 사용자 관리` 로 #: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the manage users field in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo의 사용자 관리 필드가 선택되어 있는 설정 페이지 화면" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -4799,7 +4894,7 @@ msgstr "표시된 응용 프로그램 목록은 데이터베이스에 설치되 #: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "View of a user’s form emphasizing the access rights tab in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo의 접근 권한 탭이 선택되어 있는 사용자 양식 화면" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -4814,7 +4909,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "View of a user’s form with a notification that the invitation email has been" " sent in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo에서 이메일 초대장을 발송했다는 알림이 떠 있는 사용자 양식 화면" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -4834,7 +4929,7 @@ msgstr ":ref:`개발자 모드`가 활성화되면 *사용자 msgid "" "View of a user’s form in developer mode emphasizing the user type field in " "Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo의 사용자 유형 필드가 선택되어 있는 개발자 모드에서의 사용자 양식 화면" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -4882,10 +4977,11 @@ msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Permissions`, activate " "**Password Reset** and *Save*." msgstr "" +"이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`설정 --> 승인`으로 이동하여 **비밀번호 재설정** 및 *저장* 기능을 활성화시킵니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "Enabling Password Reset in Odoo Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 설정에서 암호 재설정 기능 활성화하기" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:94 msgid "Send reset instructions to users" @@ -4911,10 +5007,12 @@ msgid "" "This email contains all the instructions needed to reset the password, along" " with a link redirecting the user to an Odoo login page." msgstr "" +"이메일에 Odoo 로그인 페이지로 사용자가 이동할 수 있도록 링크를 첨부하고 있으며 비밀번호를 재설정하는 데 필요한 내용 모두를 담고 " +"있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "Example of an email with a password reset link for an Odoo account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 계정 비밀번호 재설정 링크가 첨부되어 있는 이메일 예시" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:114 msgid "Change users’ passwords" @@ -4926,6 +5024,8 @@ msgid "" "a user to access its form. Click on the *Action* button and select *Change " "Password*." msgstr "" +":menuselection:`설정 --> 사용자 및 회사 --> 사용자`로 이동하여 양식에 접근 권한이 있는 사용자를 선택합니다. " +"*작업* 버튼을 클릭하고 *비밀번호 변경*을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "Change another user's password on Odoo" @@ -4978,11 +5078,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "View of a user’s form emphasizing the multi companies field in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo의 다중 회사 필드가 선택되어 있는 사용자 양식 화면" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:152 msgid ":doc:`companies`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`회사`" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:3 msgid "Portal access" @@ -5008,7 +5108,7 @@ msgstr "영업제안/영업기회" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:12 msgid "quotations/sales orders" -msgstr "견적서/판매발주서" +msgstr "견적서/판매주문서" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 msgid "purchase orders" @@ -5067,7 +5167,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1 msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "연락처 애플리케이션을 통해 사용자에게 포털 접근 권한 부여" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -5105,7 +5205,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "An email address and corresponding checkbox for the contact need to be filled in before\n" "sending a portal invitation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "포털 초대장을 전송하기 전에 연락처의 이메일 주소 내용과 해당 확인란 체크 여부를 확인하십시오." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -5138,15 +5238,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:5 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol: 인터넷 전화)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:3 msgid "Configure your VoIP Asterisk server for Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo용 VoIP Asterisk 서버 구성" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:6 msgid "Installing Asterisk server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Asterisk 서버 설치" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:9 msgid "Dependencies" @@ -5155,51 +5255,51 @@ msgstr "의존성" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:11 msgid "" "Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Asterisk를 설치하기 전에 다음과 같이 종속 항목을 설치해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:13 msgid "wget" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wget" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:14 msgid "gcc" -msgstr "" +msgstr "gcc" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:15 msgid "g++" -msgstr "" +msgstr "g++" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:16 msgid "ncurses-devel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ncurses-devel" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:17 msgid "libxml2-devel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "libxml2-devel" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:18 msgid "sqlite-devel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sqlite-devel" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:19 msgid "libsrtp-devel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "libsrtp-devel" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:20 msgid "libuuid-devel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "libuuid-devel" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:21 msgid "openssl-devel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "openssl-devel" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:22 msgid "pkg-config" -msgstr "" +msgstr "pkg-config" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:24 msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "libsrtp를 설치하려면 다음의 안내 사항을 따르시기 바랍니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -5207,34 +5307,36 @@ msgid "" "`_. Once the source directory is " "extracted:" msgstr "" +"PJSIP도 설치해야 하며. `여기 `_에서 다운받으실 수 있습니다. 폴더" +" 압축풀기 실행 시:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:38 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**pjproject 소스 디렉토리로 변경:**" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:44 msgid "**run:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**실행:**" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:50 msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**pjproject 빌드 및 설치:**" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:58 msgid "**Update shared library links:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**공유 라이브러리 링크 업데이트:**" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:64 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**pjproject가 설치되어 있는지 확인합니다.**" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:70 msgid "**The result should be:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**결과는 다음과 같습니다.**" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:87 msgid "Asterisk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Asterisk" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -5242,22 +5344,25 @@ msgid "" "`there `_." msgstr "" +"Asterisk 13.7.0을 설치하시려면 " +"``_에서 소스를 직접 다운로드 받으실 수 있습니다. ." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:92 msgid "Extract Asterisk:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Asterisk 압축풀기:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:98 msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Asterisk 디렉토리 입력:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:104 msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Asterisk 구성 스크립트 실행:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:110 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Asterisk 메뉴선택 도구 실행:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -5266,10 +5371,13 @@ msgid "" "srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " "You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." msgstr "" +"메뉴선택에서 리소스 옵션으로 이동하여 res_srtp 항목이 활성화되어 있는지 확인하십시오. res_srtp 옆에 x 표시 3개가 나타나" +" 있는 경우에는 srtp 라이브러리에 문제가 있는 것이므로 다시 설치해야 합니다. 구성 내용을 저장합니다 (x 클릭). res_pjsip" +" 항목 앞에 별표 표시가 되어 있는 것도 확인해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:120 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Asterisk 컴파일 및 설치:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -5277,28 +5385,32 @@ msgid "" "sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " "run 'make config'." msgstr "" +"구성과 관련한 샘플이 필요한 경우 'make sample'를 실행하여 구성 샘플을 설치할 수 있습니다. Asterisk 시작 스크립트를 " +"설치해야 하는 경우에는 'make config' 명령어를 사용하면 실행됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:130 msgid "DTLS Certificates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DTLS 인증서" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:132 msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "DTLS 인증서를 설정해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:138 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Asterisk 스크립트 디렉토리를 입력하십시오." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:144 msgid "" "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" " or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" msgstr "" +"DTLS 인증서를 생성합니다 (pbx.mycompany.com을 해당 IP 주소나 DNS 이름으로 변경하고, My Super " +"Company 대신 회사명을 입력합니다)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:152 msgid "Configure Asterisk server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Asterisk 서버 구성" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -5308,6 +5420,9 @@ msgid "" " by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " "uncommented:" msgstr "" +"WebRTC의 경우에는 피어 설정으로 대부분의 설정이 완료되어 있어야만 합니다. 글로벌 설정 내역은 피어 설정에 제대로 적용되지 않는 " +"경우가 많습니다. Asterisk 구성 파일의 기본 위치는 /etc/asterisk/로 설정되어 있습니다. 시작하려면 http.conf를" +" 편집 후 다음 항목에서 주석이 해제되었는지 확인하십시오:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -5317,16 +5432,20 @@ msgid "" "allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " "peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" msgstr "" +"다음 단계로는 sip.conf를 편집합니다. WebRTC 피어는 암호화되어야하며, avpf 및 icesupport를 활성화해야 합니다. " +"directmedia는 대부분의 경우 활성화시키지 않습니다. 또한 WebRTC 클라이언트에서 websocket 연결을 허용하려면 전송 " +"상태가 'ws' 이어야만 합니다. 이러한 컨피규레이션 항목 전체가 피어 하위에 설정되어야 합니다. 이러한 글로벌 설정 시 컨피규레이션 " +"내용이 작동하지 않을 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:197 msgid "" "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " "lines:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sip.conf 및 rtp.conf 파일에 다음 내용도 추가하거나 주석을 해제해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:204 msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "마지막으로 extensions.conf를 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:213 msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" @@ -5334,17 +5453,17 @@ msgstr "Odoo VOIP 설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:215 msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo에서는 사용자의 개인 설정 메뉴에서 구성 항목을 실행해야 합니다. " #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:221 msgid "" "The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" " the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SIP 로그인/브라우저 확장은 이전에 sip.conf 파일에서 구성한 번호를 사용하면 됩니다 (예시에서는 1060 사용)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:224 msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SIP 암호는 sip.conf 파일에서 선택했던 암호를 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:226 msgid "" @@ -5352,18 +5471,20 @@ msgid "" "if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " "configured in the sip.conf file." msgstr "" +"사무실 전화의 내선 번호 항목은 필수 필드는 아니지만, sip.conf 파일에도 구성되어 있는 외부 전화번호로 Odoo에서 통화 전환을 " +"하는 경우에 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:230 msgid "" "The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " "\"Integrations\" section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"통합\" 섹션 아래에 있는 일반 설정 항목에서도 구성 내용을 설정해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:235 msgid "" "The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " "file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "PBX 서버 IP는 http.conf 파일에서 설정한 것와 동일한 IP여야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:237 msgid "" @@ -5371,10 +5492,12 @@ msgid "" " be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " "defined in the http.conf file." msgstr "" +"웹소켓 상세 항목은 다음과 같아야 합니다: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws 에서 \"localhost\"는 이전에 구성한 IP와" +" 동일해야 하고 \"XXXX\"는 http.conf 파일에 설정한 포트여야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:3 msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with Axivox" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo에서 Axivox VoIP 사용" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:6 @@ -5388,6 +5511,8 @@ msgid "" "` is not necessary as the infrastructure is hosted and managed by " "Axivox." msgstr "" +"Odoo VoIP가 `Axivox `_로 작동하도록 설정할 수 있습니다. 이 경우 " +":doc:`Asterisk 서버 ` 대신 Axivox에서 관련 인프라를 호스팅 및 관리하게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -5395,42 +5520,45 @@ msgid "" "open an account. Before doing so, verify that Axivox covers your area and " "the areas you wish to call." msgstr "" +"서비스를 이용하시려면 `Axivox 지원`에서 새로운 계정을 만듭니다. " +"Axivox를 사용할 수 있는 거주지역 및 통화권역인지 계정 생성 전에 확인하시기 바랍니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:18 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Apps` and install the **VoIP Module**." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":menuselection:`앱`으로 이동하여 **VoIP 모듈**을 설치합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst-1 msgid "VoIP module installation on an Odoo database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 데이터베이스에 VoIP 모듈 설치" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:24 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, and " "fill out the **Asterisk (VoIP)** field:" msgstr "" +":menuselection:`설정 --> 일반 설정 --> 통합` 선택 후 **Asterisk (VoIP)** 항목을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:27 msgid "" "**PBX Server IP**: set the domain created by Axivox for your account (e.g., " "*yourcompany.axivox.com*)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**PBX 서버 IP**: 계정에 Axivox 도메인을 입력합니다 (예: *yourcompany.axivox.com*)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:29 msgid "**WebSocket**: type in ``wss://pabx.axivox.com:3443``" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**웹소켓**: ``wss://pabx.axivox.com:3443`` 입력" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:30 msgid "**VoIP Environment**: set as *Production*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**VoIP 환경**: *프로덕션*으로 설정" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst-1 msgid "Integration of Axivox as VoIP provider in an Odoo database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 데이터베이스에서 Axivox을 VoIP 공급업체로 통합" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:37 msgid "Configure the VOIP user in the Odoo's user" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 사용자를 VOIP 사용자로 구성하기" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -5438,18 +5566,20 @@ msgid "" "the user's form you want to configure. Under the **Preferences** tab, fill " "out the section **PBX Configuration**:" msgstr "" +":menuselection:`설정 --> 사용자 및 회사 --> 사용자`로 이동하여 구성하려는 사용자 양식을 선택합니다. **개인 " +"설정** 탭에서 **PBX 구성** 섹션을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:42 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the Axivox *username*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**SIP 로그인/브라우저 확장 기능**: Axivox *사용자 이름*" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:43 msgid "**SIP Password**: the Axivox *SIP Password*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**SIP 암호**: Axivox *SIP 암호*" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst-1 msgid "Integration of Axivox user in the Odoo user preference" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 사용자 추가 설정에 Axivox 사용자 통합" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -5457,43 +5587,45 @@ msgid "" "https://manage.axivox.com/, selecting the user you want to configure, and " "referring to the fields as pictured below." msgstr "" +"https://manage.axivox.com/ 에서 관련 정보를 확인하실 수 있으며, 사이트에 로그인하여 설정하려는 사용자를 선택하고 " +"아래 그림과 같은 필드를 참조하시기 바랍니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:0 msgid "SIP credentials in the Axivox manager" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Axivox 관리자 SIP 자격증명" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:58 msgid "Phone Calls" -msgstr "" +msgstr "전화 통화" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:60 msgid "" "You can make phone calls by clicking on the phone icon in the navigation " "bar." -msgstr "" +msgstr "메뉴바에 있는 전화 아이콘을 클릭하면 전화를 걸 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:62 msgid "" "You can also receive phone calls. Odoo rings and displays a notification." -msgstr "" +msgstr "전화 수신도 할 수 있습니다. Odoo에서 전화가 울리고 알림으로 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:65 msgid "Your number is the one provided by Axivox." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Axivox에서 생성된 전화번호를 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst-1 msgid "Incoming VoIP call in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo에서 VoIP 전화 수신" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:72 msgid "" "If you see a *Missing Parameter* message in the **Odoo softphone**, refresh " "your Odoo window and try again." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Odoo 소프트폰**에 *매개변수 없음* 메시지가 표시되는 경우에는, Odoo 창을 새로고침한 후 다시 시도하십시오." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:0 msgid "\"Missing Parameter\" error message in the Odoo softphone" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 소프트폰의 매개변수 관련 오류 메시지" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -5502,14 +5634,16 @@ msgid "" "the international country code. E.g., +16506913277 (where +1 is the " "international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" +"Odoo 소프트폰에 *잘못된 번호* 메시지가 표시되는 경우에는, 더하기(+) 기호 다음에 국가 코드가 제대로 입력되었는지 확인하시기 " +"바랍니다. 예: +16506913277 (여기서 +1은 미국의 국가번호입니다)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:0 msgid "\"Incorrect Number\" error message in the Odoo softphone" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 소프트폰의 잘못된 번호 오류 메시지" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:3 msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo에서 OnSIP로 VoIP 사용하기" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -5517,6 +5651,8 @@ msgid "" " case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " "the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." msgstr "" +"Odoo VoIP는 OnSIP (www.onsip.com)를 통해서 사용하도록 설정할 수 있습니다. 이 경우에는 관련 설비 전체가 " +"OnSIP에서 호스팅 및 관리되므로 Asterisk 서버를 설치하거나 설정하실 필요가 없습니다. " #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -5525,16 +5661,18 @@ msgid "" "covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " "configuration procedure below." msgstr "" +"서비스를 이용하시려면 OnSIP 계정을 만드셔야 합니다. 계정을 생성하기 전에 거주 중인 지역과 통화하려는 지역이 서비스 대상에 포함되어" +" 있는지 확인하시기 바랍니다. OnSIP 계정 생성 후에는 다음의 절차에 따라 설치하십시오. " #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:15 msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "앱으로 이동하여 **VoIP OnSIP** 모듈을 설치합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:20 msgid "" "Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " "(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "설정/일반 설정을 선택합니다. 통합/Asterisk (VoIP) 메뉴에서 다음의 3가지 항목을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -5542,36 +5680,38 @@ msgid "" "www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " "you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." msgstr "" +"**OnSIP 도메인**은 www.onsip.com 에서 새로운 계정을 만들때 선택한 도메인입니다. 모르는 경우에는, " +"https://admin.onsip.com/ 에 로그인하여 화면 우측 상단에 있는 내용을 확인하시면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:23 msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**웹소켓**에는 wss://edge.sip.onsip.com 가 기록되어 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:24 msgid "**Mode** should be Production" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**모드**는 프로덕션으로 설정되어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " "Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**설정/사용자**로 이동합니다. VoIP 사용자 양식 화면에 있는 기본 설정 탭에서 **PBX 구성** 을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:31 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**SIP 로그인/브라우저 확장명**: OnSIP '사용자 이름'" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:32 msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**OnSIP 인증 사용자**: OnSIP '인증된 사용자 이름'" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:33 msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**SIP 비밀번호**: OnSIP 'SIP 비밀번호'" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:34 msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**핸드셋 확장**: OnSIP '확장'" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -5579,6 +5719,8 @@ msgid "" "https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " "and refer to the fields as pictured below." msgstr "" +" https://admin.onsip.com/users 에 로그인하여 설정하려는 사용자를 선택하시면 아래 그림과 같은 항목에서 관련된 " +"모든 정보를 확인하실 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -5586,12 +5728,14 @@ msgid "" "corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" " Odoo and in OnSIP)." msgstr "" +"이제 Odoo 화면에서 오른쪽 상단에 있는 전화 아이콘을 클릭하면 전화를 걸 수 있습니다 (Odoo 및 OnSIP에서 설정한 사용자로 " +"로그인되어 있는지 확인하십시오)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:45 msgid "" "If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " "to refresh your Odoo window and try again." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 소프트폰에 *매개변수 없음* 메시지가 표시되는 경우에는 Odoo 창을 새로고침한 후 다시 시도하십시오." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -5600,12 +5744,16 @@ msgid "" "the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " "international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" +"Odoo 소프트폰에 *잘못된 번호* 메시지가 표시되는 경우 더하기(+) 기호 다음에 국가 코드가 제대로 입력되었는지 확인하시기 바랍니다." +" 예: +16506913277 (여기서 +1은 미국의 국가번호입니다)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:57 msgid "" "You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " "OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." msgstr "" +"이제 수신되는 전화를 받을 수도 있습니다. OnSIP 번호가 고객님이 사용할 수 있는 번호입니다. Odoo에서 전화를 받아서 수신 알림을" +" 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:63 msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index b1e89f129..bce0832f6 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ # # Translators: # JH CHOI , 2023 -# Sarah Park, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Sarah Park, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-02 14:02+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -11101,7 +11101,7 @@ msgid "" "vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " "Reference)" msgstr "" -"구매 신청 항목에서 필요한 품목의 수량에 맞추어 구매발주서를 생성할 수 있습니다. 공급업체에서 주문에 대한 확인서나 견적서를 보내오면, " +"구매 신청 항목에서 필요한 품목의 수량에 맞추어 발주서를 생성할 수 있습니다. 공급업체에서 주문에 대한 확인서나 견적서를 보내오면, " "**공급업체 참조** 필드에 주문참조번호를 입력해놓습니다. 이렇게 하면 나중에 공급업체 청구서와 구매발주서를 쉽게 매칭시킬 수 있게 " "됩니다 (보통 공급업체 청구서에는 업체 참조 정보가 포함되어 있음)." @@ -11109,7 +11109,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " "application." -msgstr "구매발주서를 승인 후 재고 애플리케이션을 통해 상품을 수령합니다." +msgstr "발주서를 승인 후 재고 애플리케이션을 통해 상품을 수령합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:88 msgid "Receiving Products" @@ -11160,7 +11160,7 @@ msgid "" " a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." msgstr "" "예전에 구매했던 상품에 대해서 공급업체 청구서를 받게 되면, 구매 애플리케이션의 **관리 메뉴** 아래에 입력하도록 하십시오. 이미 " -"구매발주서를 등록했더라도 새로운 업체 청구서 항목을 생성해야 합니다." +"발주서를 등록했더라도 새로운 업체 청구서 항목을 생성해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -11421,9 +11421,8 @@ msgid "" "hand falls below the minimum quantity, a new purchase order will be created " "to replenish it up to the maximum quantity." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Min Quantity`에는 재주문 규칙에 적용할 최소한의 하한 수량을 기재하고 :guilabel:`Max " -"Quantity`은 최대 수량을 입력합니다. 보유한 재고량이 최소 수량 이하로 떨어지면 최대 수량까지 보충하기 위해 새로운 구매발주서가 " -"만들어집니다." +":guilabel:`최소 수량`에는 재주문 규칙에 적용할 최소한의 하한 수량을 기재하고 :guilabel:`최대 수량`은 최대 수량을 " +"입력합니다. 보유한 재고량이 최소 수량 이하로 떨어지면 최대 수량까지 보충하기 위해 새로운 구매발주서가 만들어집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -11447,8 +11446,8 @@ msgid "" "Quantity` is set to order the product in batches of `200`, a purchase order " "will be created for 200 units of the product." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Max Quantity`가 `100`으로 설정되어 있으나 :guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` 수량이" -" `200` 단위로 상품을 주문하도록 설정되어 있는 경우에는, 구매발주서는 200개 단위를 기준으로 생성됩니다." +":guilabel:`최대 수량`이 `100`으로 설정되어 있으나 :guilabel:`중복 수량` 항목이 `200` 단위로 상품을 " +"주문하도록 설정되어 있는 경우에는, 구매발주서는 200개 단위를 기준으로 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:65 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 1155d3482..8966d2849 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -133,6 +133,9 @@ msgid "" "However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User " "Type to be used." msgstr "" +"Gmail *개인* 계정은 사용자 유형으로 **외부** 항목만 선택하실 수 있으며, Google 승인 후에만 사용할 수 있거나 *범위* " +"내용을 추가하셔야 할 수 있습니다. 반면 *Google WorkSpace* 계정을 사용하는 경우에는 사용자 유형을 **내부**로 " +"선택하시면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -140,6 +143,8 @@ msgid "" "mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing" " mode is set to 100 users." msgstr "" +"다만, *외부* 테스트 모드에서 API 연결을 하는 경우에는 Google에서 승인을 받을 필요가 없습니다. 해당 테스트 모드에서 사용자 " +"설정은 100명으로 제한되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -167,7 +172,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:78 msgid "" "Finally, scroll to the bottom, and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "마지막으로 화면창을 아래로 스크롤하여 :guilabel:`현황판으로 돌아가기`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:80 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 49f66de14..fbadf68f0 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ # # Translators: # JH CHOI , 2023 -# Sarah Park, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Sarah Park, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-02 14:02+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -35,11 +35,11 @@ msgstr "현장 서비스" msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Field Service `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Odoo 튜토리얼: 현장서비스 `_" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:3 msgid "User default warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "사용자 기본 창고 기능" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -48,16 +48,18 @@ msgid "" "warehouse. It also allows field workers to switch between warehouses from " "their profiles." msgstr "" +"**기본 창고** 기능을 설정해두면 비품을 밴에 보관해야 하는 현장 기술자나 동일한 창고에서 재보급 작업을 해야하는 분들이 유용하게 " +"사용하실 수 있습니다. 현장 작업자가 프로필 메뉴에서 창고 간 전환을 할 수 있는 기능도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:9 msgid "" "Products in sales orders created during field interventions are always " "pulled from the default warehouse, keeping the inventory accurate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "현장 출동 중에 생성된 판매 주문의 제품은 항상 기본 창고에서 가져와 재고를 정확하게 유지합니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:13 msgid ":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory`" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 @@ -72,21 +74,27 @@ msgid "" " feature needs to be activated in the **Inventory** app. It is also " "necessary to have more than one warehouse in your database." msgstr "" +"사용자 기본 창고를 설정하려면 **재고** 앱에서 :doc:`저장고 위치 " +"<../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations>`" +" 기능을 활성화해야 합니다. 또한 데이터베이스에 있는 창고가 최소 두 개 이상이어야 합니다. " #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:23 msgid "" "You can either set it up :ref:`for your profile `, or :ref:`for all users `." msgstr "" +"두 가지 :ref:`프로필 ` 또는 :ref:`모든 사용자 ` 중 하나로 설정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" ":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations`" msgstr "" +":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations`" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:32 msgid "For your profile" -msgstr "" +msgstr "프로필 설정" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -95,10 +103,12 @@ msgid "" " --> Preferences --> Default Warehouse`. Select the default warehouse from " "the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"기본 창고를 직접 설정하려면 화면 오른쪽 상단에 있는 **프로필 아이콘**을 클릭하여 :menuselection:`내 프로필 --> 기본" +" 설정 --> 기본 창고`로 이동합니다. 드롭다운 메뉴에서 기본 창고를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:41 msgid "For all users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "모든 사용자" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -107,14 +117,17 @@ msgid "" " to the :guilabel:`Preferences` tab. Scroll down to :guilabel:`Inventory`, " "and select the default warehouse from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"특정 사용자 대상으로 기본 창고를 설정하려면 :menuselection:`설정 --> 사용자 --> 사용자 관리`에서 사용자를 선택한 " +"다음 :guilabel:`개인 설정` 탭으로 이동하십시오. 아래로 스크롤하여 :guilabel:`재고` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 기본 창고를 " +"선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst-1 msgid "Selection of a default warehouse on a user profile." -msgstr "" +msgstr "사용자 프로필에서 기본 창고 선택." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:51 msgid "Use in field service tasks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "현장 서비스 작업에 사용하기" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -124,20 +137,23 @@ msgid "" " Info` tab, then scroll down to :guilabel:`Delivery`. The default warehouse " "is applied correctly." msgstr "" +"사용자에 대해 기본 창고가 구성되면 현장 서비스 작업의 판매발주서 상에 필요한 자재를 해당하는 특정 창고에서 가져오게 됩니다. 관련된 " +"발주서를 열어서 :guilabel:`기타 정보` 탭에 있는 아래 메뉴 중 :guilabel:`배송`으로 이동합니다. 기본으로 설정해놓은 " +"창고가 올바르게 적용되고 있음을 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:58 msgid "" "Once the Field Service task is marked as done, the stock of the default " "warehouse is automatically updated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "현장 서비스 작업을 완료로 표시하면 기본 창고에서의 재고 상태가 자동으로 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:3 msgid "Onsite interventions planning" -msgstr "" +msgstr "현장 출동 계획" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:6 msgid "From a sales order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "판매주문서에서 가져오기" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -145,44 +161,47 @@ msgid "" "experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have " "to approve before the work even starts." msgstr "" +"영업팀이 현장에 출동하여 고객들이 원활하게 업무를 진행할 수 있도록 합니다. 작업을 시작하기도 전에 벌써 견적 의뢰를 받게 될 수도 " +"있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and " "create or edit a product." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":menuselection:`현장 서비스 --> 구성 --> 품목`으로 이동하여 품목을 생성하거나 편집합니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:13 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, select :guilabel:`Service` as" " :guilabel:`Product Type`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`일반 정보` 탭에서 :guilabel:`서비스`를 :guilabel:`제품 유형`으로 선택하십시오." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:15 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, select :guilabel:`Timesheets on tasks` as " ":guilabel:`Service Invoicing Policy`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`판매` 탭에 있는 :guilabel:`업무별 작업시간표`에서 :guilabel:`서비스 청구 방침`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:17 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Create a task in an existing project` as " ":guilabel:`Service Tracking`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`서비스 추적`에서 :guilabel:`기존 프로젝트에서 작업 생성`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:18 msgid "Select your :guilabel:`Project`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`프로젝트`를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:19 msgid "If you use them, select your :guilabel:`Worksheet Template`, and save." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`워크시트 서식`을 업무에 사용하시고자 한다면 이 항목을 선택하고 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst-1 msgid "" "Product configuration to create tasks from sales orders in Odoo Field " "Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 현장서비스 판매주문서에서 작업을 불러오도록 품목 구성하기" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -190,14 +209,16 @@ msgid "" "product and confirm it. A task is automatically set up under your Field " "Service project. It is directly accessible from the sales order." msgstr "" +":doc:`판매 <../../sales/sales>` 앱에서 제품으로 견적을 생성하고 확인합니다. 현장서비스 프로젝트 하에서 작업이 " +"자동으로 설정됩니다. 판매주문서에서 직접 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst-1 msgid "Field Service task on a sales order in Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 판매앱에서의 주문서에 대한 현장서비스 작업" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:34 msgid "From helpdesk tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "헬프데스크 상담 관련" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -205,20 +226,24 @@ msgid "" "helpdesk team manage intervention requests directly. Planning field service " "tasks from tickets speeds up your processes." msgstr "" +"헬프데스크 <../helpdesk>` 앱과의 통합으로 헬프데스크 팀이 출동 요청을 직접 관리할 수 있습니다. 상담 내용을 검토하여 " +"현장서비스 작업을 계획할 수 있기 때문에서 진행 속도가 한층 더 빨라지게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:40 msgid "Configure the helpdesk team" -msgstr "" +msgstr "헬프데스크 팀 구성" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:42 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select" " a team and enable :guilabel:`Onsite Interventions`." msgstr "" +":menuselection:`헬프데스크 --> 구성 --> 헬프데스크 팀`으로 이동합니다. 팀을 선택한 후 :guilabel:`현장 " +"출동`을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst-1 msgid "Onsite interventions settings in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크에서 현장 출동 항목 설정" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -226,10 +251,12 @@ msgid "" "Intervention` button. Click on it to create a new task under your field " "service project." msgstr "" +"이제 헬프데스크 상담 항목에 :guilabel:`출동 계획` 버튼이 표시됩니다. 현장서비스 프로젝트 하에서 새로운 작업을 생성하려면 해당" +" 버튼을 클릭하십시오." #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst-1 msgid "Plan intervention from helpdesk tickets in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크앱의 상담 내역에서 출동 계획하기" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:8 msgid "Helpdesk" @@ -237,7 +264,7 @@ msgstr "고객센터" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:11 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Helpdesk `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Odoo 튜토리얼: 헬프데스크 `_" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" @@ -245,7 +272,7 @@ msgstr "고급" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 msgid "After Sales Features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "애프터서비스 기능" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -255,10 +282,13 @@ msgid "" " returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " "interventions from a ticket’s page." msgstr "" +"비즈니스가 커 나감에 따라, 문제가 발생했을 때 헬프데스크에서 이를 효율적으로 기록하고 추적 및 관리할 수 있도록 적절한 도구를 갖추고 " +"있도록 지원하는 것이 무엇보다도 중요합니다. Odoo의 헬프데스크 애플리케이션을 사용하면 대변전표를 생성하거나, 반품된 물건이나 품목 " +"관리, 수리 처리를 지원하며 고객에게 쿠폰을 증정하거나 상담 중에 현장 출동을 계획하는 기능까지 모든 지원됩니다. " #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 msgid "Set up the after sales services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "애프터서비스 설정" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -266,6 +296,8 @@ msgid "" "enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " "Onsite Interventions*." msgstr "" +":menuselection:`헬프데스크 --> 구성 --> 헬프데스크 팀`으로 이동하여 *환불, 반품, 쿠폰, 수리 및 현장 출동* " +"애프터서비스 선택 사항을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" @@ -278,6 +310,8 @@ msgid "" "corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " "you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." msgstr "" +"대변전표를 이용하여 고객 환불 건을 진행하거나 결제 금액을 조정할 수 있습니다. 상담 페이지로 이동하여 *환불*을 클릭하고 해당하는 " +"*청구서* 선택만 하면 됩니다. *전환*을 클릭하면 대변전표가 생성되어 *헬프데스크* 앱에서 발행까지 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" @@ -287,11 +321,11 @@ msgstr "티켓에서 상품 반품 허용" msgid "" "The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" " taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "상담 페이지에서 *반품*을 선택하면 고객측에서 창고로 해당 품목을 반품하도록 프로세스를 실행시킵니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "상담 시 쿠폰 증정하기" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -299,20 +333,22 @@ msgid "" "*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " "*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." msgstr "" +"먼저 *판매* 또는 *웹사이트* 앱에서 *쿠폰 프로그램*이 선택되어 있는지 확인하십시오. 그 다음 단계로는 *헬프데스크*에서 상담을 " +"열어서 *쿠폰*을 클릭하여 해당되는 쿠폰을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 msgid "Repairs from tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "상담 시 수리 접수" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 msgid "" "Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" " shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." -msgstr "" +msgstr "상담 페이지에서 *수리* 옵션을 클릭하면 신규 수리 접수 양식이 나타납니다. 필요한 정보를 입력 후 다음 단계를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "상담 시 현장 출동 계획 " #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -320,16 +356,18 @@ msgid "" "intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " "application." msgstr "" +"상담 페이지에서 *현장 출동 계획*을 클릭하면 *현장 서비스* 애플리케이션에서 실행하는 것과 똑같이 현장 출동을 설정할 수 있습니다. " #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 msgid "" "`Coupons `_" msgstr "" +"`쿠폰 `_" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 msgid "Closing tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "상담 종료" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -341,10 +379,14 @@ msgid "" "This results in increased operational capacity for support teams, and higher" " customer satisfaction." msgstr "" +"Odooj *헬프데스크*에서 상담이 완료되었을 때 다음과 같은 방법으로 상담을 종료할 수 있습니다. 완료된 상담 건을 수기로 종료시키면 " +"파이프라인을 업데이트 시킬 수 있으며, 비활성화된 상담은 자동으로 종료되도록 하면 차단 등의 문제를 사전에 방지할 수 있습니다. 상담 " +"고객이 직접 상담을 종료할 수 있도록 하면 고객측의 문제가 해결되었는지 여부를 쉽게 확인할 수 있습니다. 이런 방식으로 고객지원팀의 운영" +" 능력을 제고시키고 고객 만족도를 향상시킬 수 있게 됩니다. " #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:12 msgid "Manually close solved tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "상담이 완료된 경우 수동으로 종료시키기" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -352,6 +394,8 @@ msgid "" "pipeline. Once the issue is solved, the ticket is moved to a *folded* stage." " This marks the ticket as *closed*." msgstr "" +"상담이 진행됨에 따라서 파이프라인의 다음 단계로 이동시킵니다. 문제가 해결되면 상담을 *접음* 단계로 이동합니다. 이렇게 하면 상담이 " +"*종료*로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -360,12 +404,14 @@ msgid "" " click the gear icon that appears in the top-right corner of that stage's " "kanban column." msgstr "" +"단계를 접음 처리하려면 :menuselection:`헬프데스크` 현황판에서 팀을 클릭하여 파이프라인으로 이동합니다. 단계 제목 위로 " +"마우스를 댄 후, 해당되는 단계의 칸반 열에서 화면 오른쪽 상단에 나타나는 톱니바퀴 아이콘을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst-1 msgid "" "View of stage on Helpdesk pipeline with emphasis on gear icon and edit stage" " option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "톱니바퀴 아이콘과 편집 단계 옵션이 선택되어 있는 헬프데스크 파이프라인 단계 화면" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -375,6 +421,10 @@ msgid "" "permanently fold the stage. If a stage needs to be folded so the tickets can" " be marked as closed, continue following the steps below." msgstr "" +"톱니바퀴 아이콘을 클릭하면 단계에 대해서도 :guilabel:`접음` 선택을 할 수 있습니다. 이 설정을 해두면 칸반 화면을 간략하게 " +"보기 위해서 단계를 *일시적으로* 접게 됩니다. 이렇게 하더라도 현재 단계에서 상담이 종료되는 것은 *아닙니다*. 단계를 완전히 접음 " +"처리하는 것 역시 아닙니다. 상담이 종료된 것으로 표시될 수 있도록 단계를 접음 처리해야 하는 경우에는 아래의 내용을 참고하여 진행하시기" +" 바랍니다. " #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -384,20 +434,23 @@ msgid "" "the changes. Now, tickets that reach this stage will be considered as " "*closed*." msgstr "" +"표시되는 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`단계 편집`을 선택합니다. 단계 설정을 할 수 있는 항목이 열립니다. 상단에 있는 " +":guilabel:`칸반에서 접음`이라고 표시되어 있는 상자를 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`저장하고 닫기`를 클릭한 후 변경된 내용을" +" 확인합니다. 이제 상담 현재 단계에 도달하면 *종료*된 것으로 간주합니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:0 msgid "Stage settings page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "단계 설정 페이지." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:41 msgid "Automatically close inactive tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "상담이 비활성화된 경우 자동 종료시키기" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:43 msgid "" "Tickets that are inactive for a set period of time can be automatically " "closed. At that point, they will be moved to a folded stage." -msgstr "" +msgstr "일정 기간 동안 상담이 비활성화된 경우에는 자동으로 종료시킬 수 있습니다. 그 시점부터는 접음 단계로 이동됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -405,6 +458,8 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Teams`. Under the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section, enable" " :guilabel:`Automatic Closing`." msgstr "" +":menuselection:`헬프데스크 --> 구성 --> 팀`으로 이동하여 팀 설정 페이지로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`셀프 " +"서비스` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`자동 종료` 항목을 활성화하십시오." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -414,12 +469,15 @@ msgid "" " will be the default. If no stage is folded, the default selection will be " "the last stage in the pipeline." msgstr "" +"팀 메뉴에 있는 단계를 칸반 화면에서 접음 처리가 되도록 설정한 경우에는, 이 내용이 :guilabel:`단계로 이동`에서의 기본값이 " +"됩니다. 접음 단계가 두 개 이상 있는 경우에는 파이프라인 상에서 처음으로 발생하는 단계가 기본값이 됩니다. 접음 단계가 없으면 " +"파이프라인에서의 마지막 단계가 기본 선택값이 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:54 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`After days of inactivity` field defaults to `7`, but can be " "adjusted if necessary." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`다음 기간동안 비활성화인 경우` 항목은 기본값은 7로 되어 있으나, 필요시 변경할 수 있습니다. " #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -427,32 +485,34 @@ msgid "" " calendar into account when tracking the amount of time a ticket has been " "inactive." msgstr "" +"상담이 비활성화된 기간을 추적할 때는 :guilabel:`다음 기간동안 비활성화인 경우` 항목에서 작업 캘린더를 고려하지 " +"**않습니다**." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:60 msgid "" "If only certain stages should be used to track days of inactivity, they can " "be added to the :guilabel:`In Stages` field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "특정 단계에 대해서만 비활성화 기간을 추적해야 하는 경우에는 :guilabel:`진행 단계`에 추가하여 사용하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:64 msgid "A team's pipeline is created with the following stages:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "다음 단계를 거쳐서 팀 관련 파이프라인을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:66 msgid "`New`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`신규`" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:67 msgid "`In Progress`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`진행 중`" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:68 msgid "`Customer Feedback`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`고객 피드백`" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:69 msgid "`Closed`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`완료`" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -463,36 +523,40 @@ msgid "" "to assignment or workload issues. Closing these tickets automatically would " "result in issues going unsolved." msgstr "" +"문제가 해결된 후에는 고객이 바로 응답하지 않는 경우가 많으므로 이런 경우에는 상담 건이 :guilabel:`고객 피드백 단계`에 계속 " +"남아있게 됩니다. 여기에서 상담이 자동으로 종료될 수 이습니다. 그러나 상담이 :guilabel:`신규` 및 :guilabel:`진행 " +"중` 단계에 잇는 경우에는 관련된 작업 중이거나 상담량이 많은 경우 비활성화될 수 있습니다. 이런 경우에는 상담을 자동으로 종료시켜버리면" +" 고객 측의 문제가 계속 해결되지 못한 상태로 남게 됩니다. " #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:77 msgid "" "Therefore, the :guilabel:`Automatic Closing` settings would be configured as" " below\\:\\" -msgstr "" +msgstr "따라서 :guilabel:`자동 종료` 설정을 아래와 같이 구성합니다\\:\\" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: *checked*" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`자동 종료`: *확인 완료*" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Move to Stage`: `Solved`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`단계로 이동`: `해결 완료`" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`After``7`:guilabel:`days of inactivity`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`다음 기간이 지난 경우``7`:guilabel:`비활성화된 기간`" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:82 msgid ":guilabel:`In Stages`: `Customer Feedback`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`진행 단계`: `고객 피드백`" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:0 msgid "Example of Automatic Closing settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "자동 종료 설정의 예시." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:89 msgid "Allow customers to close their own tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "고객측에서 상담을 직접 종료할 수 있도록 허용하기" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -500,6 +564,7 @@ msgid "" "close their own ticket(s) when they determine that their issue has been " "resolved." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`고객 종료 허용` 설정을 할 경우, 문제가 해결되었다고 생각되면 고객이 본인 상담을 종료할 수 있습니다. " #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -508,10 +573,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Self-Service` section and check the box for :guilabel:`Closure by" " Customers`." msgstr "" +":menuselection:`헬프데스크 --> 구성 --> 팀` 메뉴에서 팀을 선택합니다. 팀 항목의 설정 페이지에서 " +":guilabel:`셀프서비스` 로 스크롤을 내려서 :guilabel:`고객 종료 허용` 상자에 표시하십시오." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst-1 msgid "Customer closing setting in Odoo Helpdesk." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크에서의 고객 종료 설정." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -519,10 +586,12 @@ msgid "" "button will be available for customers when they view their ticket through " "the customer portal." msgstr "" +"상담 종료 설정을 활성화시켜 놓으면 고객 포털을 통해서 상담 항목에 대해 고객이 :guilabel:`상담 종료` 버튼을 사용할 수 " +"있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst-1 msgid "Customer view of ticket closing in Odoo Helpdesk." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크에서 상담 종료를 확인할 수 있는 고객 화면." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -532,12 +601,16 @@ msgid "" "stage of a team by default. This link does not require a customer to have " "access to the portal to view or respond to their ticket." msgstr "" +"고객은 이메일로 받은 :guilabel:`상담 확인` 링크를 클릭하여 상담 내역을 확인할 수 있습니다. 팀 항목의 첫 단계에 있는 기본 " +"값으로 :guilabel:`확인 요청` 서식에 링크가 포함되어 있습니다. 링크만 있으면 고객이 상담 내역을 확인하거나 응답하기 위해서 " +"포털에 접속할 필요가 없습니다. " #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:115 msgid "" "Customers with access to the portal will be able to view their tickets under" " :menuselection:`My Account --> Tickets`." msgstr "" +"고객이 포털을 통해서 이용할 경우에는 :menuselection:`내 계정 --> 상담`에서 본인 상담 항목을 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:5 @@ -546,7 +619,7 @@ msgstr "입출고 현황" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 msgid "Forum and eLearning" -msgstr "" +msgstr "포럼 및 온라인 학습" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 msgid "Forum" @@ -561,24 +634,27 @@ msgid "" "knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " "community!)." msgstr "" +"고객 지원 포럼을 통해 이메일이나 실시간 채팅, 웹사이트 양식 또는 직접 통화하는 이상의 서비스를 고객들에게 지원해드립니다.. 이를 통해" +" 고객이 귀하의 비즈니스 세부 정보를 더욱 자세히 알 수 있게 되므로 회사에 더 큰 애착을 가질 수 있게 됩니다. 또한고객들간의 경험과 " +"전문 지식의 나눌 수 있도록 하여 고객들이 커뮤니티 (귀하의 커뮤니티입니다!)에 소속감을 가질 수 있도록 합니다. " #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 msgid "Set up" -msgstr "" +msgstr "설정" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " "enable *Help Center*." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":menuselection:`헬프데스크 --> 구성 --> 헬프데스크 팀` 메뉴로 이동하여 *헬프데스크*를 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 msgid "" "Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the help center feature in\n" "Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크에서 헬프 센터 기능이 선택되어 있는 헬프데스크 팀 설정 화면" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -587,28 +663,32 @@ msgid "" "one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " "allowed per question." msgstr "" +"외부 링크를 클릭하여 포럼 게시판을 생성하거나 편집합니다. 편집 옵션의 *포럼 모드*에서 *질문*을 선택하면 질문글 당 하나의 답글만 " +"허용할 수 있으며 *토론*을 선택하면 질문당 여러 답글을 허용하도록 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 msgid "Overview of a forum’s settings page in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크의 포럼 설정 화면" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 msgid "" "From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " "posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." msgstr "" +"이제 사용자가 로그인하면 글을 올릴 수 있습니다. 게시물을 추적하려면 :menuselection:`웹사이트 --> 포럼 --> 게시글` " +"메뉴를 확인하십시오." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 msgid "" "Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo " "Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크에서 사용할 수 있는 내용을 표시해놓은 포럼 웹사이트 화면" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 msgid "" "Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " "the ticket's page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "상담 페이지에서 *포럼에서 공유하기*를 클릭하기만 하면 상담 내용을 포럼 게시물로 전환할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 msgid "eLearning" @@ -620,38 +700,40 @@ msgid "" "customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" " efficiency as they can also find their answers there." msgstr "" +"포럼 게시판 외에도 온라인 학습 과정도 서비스할 수 있습니다. 이를 통해서 고객 및 사용자들이 필요한 내용이나 문의 사항이 있을 경우 " +"자세한 콘텐츠를 이용하여 답변을 찾으므로 효율적으로 진행할 수 있게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " "enable *eLearning*." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":menuselection:`헬프데스크 --> 구성 --> 헬프데스크 팀`으로 이동하여 *온라인 학습* 메뉴를 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 msgid "" "Overview of the settings page of a customer care team emphasizing the feature elearning in\n" "Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크에서 온라인 학습 항목이 선택되어 있는 고객지원팀 설정 화면" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 msgid "" "Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " "clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "교육 과정의 개요와 수업 내용 준비가 완료되면 *미게시*를 클릭하여 *게시*합니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크에서 게시가 완료된 교육 과정 화면" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 msgid "" "To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " "Course*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "교육 과정에 관한 통계를 확인하려면 *온라인 학습* 및 *과정 보기*로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1 msgid "View of the elearning applications dashboard for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크용 온라인 학습앱에서의 현황판 화면" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 msgid "Todo" @@ -661,11 +743,11 @@ msgstr "할 일" msgid "" "DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " "AVAILABLE!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "세부 정보/정보는 온라인 학습 문서에서 불러와야 합니다. 따라서 완료된 경우 문서를 링크시키시기 바랍니다!" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "헬프데스크 시작하기" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -674,16 +756,19 @@ msgid "" "which is organized in customizable stages. Multiple teams can be configured " "and managed in one dashboard." msgstr "" +"Odoo :guilabel:`헬프데스크`는 상담을 기반으로 하는 고객 지원용 애플리케이션입니다. 저희 고객지원팀은 단계별로 커스터마이징할" +" 수 있는 파이프라인 상에 있는 고객들의 문제를 추적하고 우선순위를 정하여 해결해드릴 수 있도록 합니다. 단일 현황판에서 여러 팀을 " +"구성하고 관리할 수 있습니다. " #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 msgid "Create Helpdesk teams" -msgstr "" +msgstr "헬프데스크 팀 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 msgid "" "Setting up multiple teams allows for tickets to be grouped by location or by" " support type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "여러 팀을 설정하여 상담 건을 지역이나 지원 유형에 따라 그룹으로 만들수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -693,36 +778,41 @@ msgid "" " fill out the remaining fields as defined in the following sections on the " "form." msgstr "" +"*헬프데스크* 팀 항목을 확인하거나 수정하려면 :menuselection:`헬프데스크 --> 구성 --> 팀` 메뉴를 선택합니다. 새로운" +" 팀을 만들려면 현황판 화면의 왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`신규` 버튼을 클릭하십시오. 여기에서 새 팀 이름을 지정하고 양식에 " +"나와있는 다음 항목들에서 나머지를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 msgid "View of the Helpdesk teams page in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크에서의 헬프데스크 팀 페이지 화면" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:24 msgid "Assignment & Visibility" -msgstr "" +msgstr "업무 배정 및 검토" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:27 msgid "Determine to whom the team will be visible" -msgstr "" +msgstr "팀 내용을 확인할 수 있는 담당자 지정" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:29 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Visibility` section, determine who can view this team " "and its tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`검토` 항목에서 해당되는 팀과 상담 건을 확인할 수 있는 담당자를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Invited internal users` have access to the team and tickets they " "are following. This can be modified on each individual ticket." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`승인된 내부 사용자`인 경우에는 팀 항목과 상담건을 팔로우하면 확인할 수 있게 됩니다. 이는 개별 상담 건별로 수정할" +" 수 있습니다. " #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All internal users` have access to the team and all of its " "tickets without being a follower." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`내부 사용자 전체`로 설정하면 팔로워가 아니더라도 팀 내역과 전체 상담 건을 확인할 수 있게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -730,6 +820,8 @@ msgid "" "team without being a follower. Portal users will only be able to access " "tickets that they are following." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`승인된 포털 사용자 및 내부 사용자 전체`는 팔로워가 아니더라도 팀 항목에 접근 권한을 갖게 됩니다. 포털 사용자는 " +"팔로우하는 상담 건만 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -739,10 +831,13 @@ msgid "" "handling tickets related to accounting or tax information would only need to" " be visible to :guilabel:`Invited internal users`." msgstr "" +"'고객지원' 팀에서 일반적인 배송 및 제품 문제 처리용으로는 검토 항목 설정을 :guilabell:'승인된 포털 사용자 및 내부 사용자 " +"전체'로 설정해놓습니다. 그러나 회계나 세금과 관련된 상담을 처리하는 `금융 서비스` 팀에서는 관련 내용을 :guilabel:`승인된 " +"내부 사용자`만 확인할 수 있도록 하고 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:45 msgid "Automatically assign new tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "신규 상담 자동 배정" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -751,6 +846,8 @@ msgid "" "through :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`. Check the box next to " ":guilabel:`Automatic Assignment` to enable the feature for this team." msgstr "" +"상담 요청을 받게 되면 지원팀의 구성원들에게 상담 건을 배정해줍니다. 개별적인 상담 건별로 수기로 배정하거나 :guilabel:`자동 " +"배정`을 통해 진행할 수 있습니다. 이 기능을 활성화하려면 :guilabel:`자동 배정` 옆의 선택란을 표시하시면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -806,7 +903,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:76 msgid ":ref:`Manage users `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`사용자 관리 `" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:77 msgid ":doc:`Access rights `" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index b97b0a968..dbb6038d4 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -3,14 +3,20 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# JH CHOI , 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Sarah Park, 2023 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-12-23 09:13+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-13 05:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Korean (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" +"Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -19,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites.rst:5 msgid "Websites" -msgstr "" +msgstr "웹 사이트" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:8 msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "" +msgstr "이커머스" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -55,851 +61,2467 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: eCommerce `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "Get started" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "Checkout, payment, and shipping" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 -msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:3 +msgid "Add to cart" +msgstr "장바구니에 담기" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 -msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:5 msgid "" -"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." +"The :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button can be customized in multiple ways. You " +"can:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:7 msgid "" -"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " -"website categories, etc." +"Choose on which page customers go after clicking the 'Add to Cart' button;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 -msgid "Highlight a product" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:8 +msgid "Hide the 'Add to Cart' button to prevent sales;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:9 msgid "" -"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " -"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" -" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." +"Add a 'Buy Now' button to skip the cart step and lead customers straight to " +"checkout;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:10 +msgid "Create additional 'Add to Cart / Buy Now' buttons;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:11 +msgid "Add an 'Order Again' button to the customer portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:14 +msgid ":doc:`checkout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:17 +msgid "'Add to Cart' action customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:19 msgid "" -"See how to do it: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" +"When customers click on the :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button, the product is " +"added to their cart, and customers remain **by default** on the product's " +"page. However, customers can either immediately be **redirected** to their " +"cart, or given the choice on what to do through a **dialog box**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 -msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:23 msgid "" -"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " -"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " -"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " -"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " -"better)." +"To change the default behavior, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Shop - Checkout Process` " +"section, look for :guilabel:`Add to Cart` and select one of the options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 -msgid "How to build a product page" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If a product has :doc:`optional products " +"<../managing_products/cross_upselling>`, the **dialog box** will always " +"appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 -msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/catalog`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 -msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:37 +msgid "Replace 'Add to Cart' button by 'Contact Us' button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 -msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can replace the 'Add to Cart' button with a 'Contact Us' button which " +"redirects users to the URL of your choice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 -msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Hiding the :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button is often used by B2B eCommerces " +"that need to restrict purchases only to :ref:`customers with an account " +"`, but still want to display an online product catalog for " +"those without." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 -msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Shop - Products` and tick :guilabel:`Prevent Sale of Zero Priced Product`. " +"This creates a new :guilabel:`Button url` field where you can enter the " +"**redirect URL** to be used. Then, set the price of the product to `0.00` " +"either from the **product's template**, or from a :doc:`pricelist " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst-1 +msgid "Contact us button on product page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The 'Contact Us' button and '*Not Available For Sale*' text can both be " +"modified using the **website builder** on the product's page " +"(:menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`) by clicking on them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:63 +msgid "Customizable 'Add to Cart' button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:65 +msgid "" +"You can also create a customizable 'Add to Cart' button and link it to a " +"specific product. The **customized button** can be added on any page of the " +"website as an **inner content** building block, and is an *additional* " +"button to the regular :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To add it, go on the :guilabel:`Shop` page of your choice, click " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Blocks` and place the building block. Once placed, " +"you have the following options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product`: select the product to link the button with. Selecting a" +" product renders the :guilabel:`Action` field available;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Action`: choose if the button should :guilabel:`Add to Cart` or " +":guilabel:`Buy Now` (instant checkout)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:84 +msgid "'Buy Now' button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:86 +msgid "" +"You can enable the 'Buy Now' button to instantly take the customer to " +"**checkout** instead of adding the product to the cart. The :guilabel:`Buy " +"Now` button is an *additional* button and does not replace the " +":guilabel:`Add to Cart` button. To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Website " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Checkout Process` and tick " +":guilabel:`Buy Now`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst-1 +msgid "Buy Now button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:97 +msgid "Re-order from portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Customers have the possibility to **re-order** items from **previous sales " +"orders** on the customer portal. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website -->" +" Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Checkout Process` and enable " +":guilabel:`Re-order From Portal`. Customers can find the :guilabel:`Order " +"Again` button on their **sales order** from the **customer portal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst-1 +msgid "Re-order button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:3 +msgid "Checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can customize the **checkout steps**, add more content using the " +"**website builder**, and enable additional features such as **express " +"checkout** and **sign in/up at checkout**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can use **building blocks** to add content at any step of the checkout " +"process. To do so, from any **checkout page**, go to :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Blocks`, and drag and drop **building blocks** to the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Note that content added through building blocks is **specific** to each " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:16 +msgid "Checkout steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:19 +msgid "Review order: promo code (and subtotal)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you have enabled :guilabel:`Discounts, Loyalty, & Gift Card` in the " +"settings (:menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - " +"Products`), you can enable the :guilabel:`Promo Code` field " +"(:menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`) from any checkout page. Customers can " +"then redeem gift cards and promotional codes at the :guilabel:`Review Order`" +" step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Furthermore, you can display the subtotal with discounts applied by enabling" +" :guilabel:`Show Discount in Subtotal`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst-1 +msgid "Subtotal discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:34 +msgid "Address: B2B fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Optional :guilabel:`TIN/VAT` and :guilabel:`Company Name` fields can be " +"added to the :guilabel:`Billing Address` form for B2B customers, at the " +":guilabel:`Address` step. To add the fields, go to :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Customize` from any checkout page, and enable :guilabel:`Show B2B fields`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:42 +msgid "Request extra info (additional step)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can request :guilabel:`Extra Info` from the customer by adding an " +":guilabel:`Extra Info` step between the :guilabel:`Address` and " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` steps. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Customize` from any checkout page, and enable :guilabel:`Extra Step Option`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extra Info` step is an online form linked to the quotation or" +" sales order of the customer. The information added during that step can be " +"found on the quotation or sales order of the customer from the back end, in " +"the **Sales** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When enabled, you can remove, add, and modify fields of the form by clicking" +" on :guilabel:`Edit` in the top-right corner, and then clicking on any of " +"the form's fields. All customization options, as well as the :guilabel:`+ " +"Field` button to add new fields, are available at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Customize` menu under the :guilabel:`Field` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst-1 +msgid "Online form customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:67 +msgid "Confirm order: terms and conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can ask customers to agree to the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` in " +"order to confirm their order by enabling :guilabel:`Accept Terms & " +"Conditions` under :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` on any checkout page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst-1 +msgid "Terms and conditions" +msgstr "이용 약관" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:78 +msgid "Express checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:80 +msgid "" +"You can enable a :guilabel:`Buy Now` button on products' pages which " +"instantly takes the customer to the :guilabel:`Confirm Order` checkout page," +" instead of adding the product to the cart. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Checkout " +"Process section` and tick :guilabel:`Buy Now`. Alternatively, the " +":guilabel:`Buy Now` button can also be enabled from any product's page by " +"going :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`, in the :guilabel:`Cart` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The button can be found next to the :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button on the " +"product's page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst-1 +msgid "Buy now (express checkout) button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:93 +msgid ":ref:`Product page design: additional functions `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:98 +msgid "Guest and signed-in checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:100 +msgid "" +"It is possible to introduce a **checkout policy** under which customers can " +"either checkout as **guests** or **signed-in users only**. Customers can " +"also checkout as guest, and **optionally sign up later** in order to track " +"their order, if enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To select a policy, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Shop - Checkout Process`. You can choose between:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Optional`: allows guests to checkout and later register from the " +"**order confirmation** email to track their order;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Disabled (buy as guest)`: customers can only checkout as guests;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mandatory (no guest checkout)`: customers can only checkout if " +"they have signed-in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:113 +msgid ":doc:`../ecommerce_management/customer_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/portal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:117 +msgid "B2B access restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If you wish to restrict checkout only to **selected B2B customers**, enable " +":guilabel:`Mandatory (no guest checkout)` and go to :menuselection:`Website " +"--> eCommerce --> Customers`. Select the customer you wish to **grant access" +" to**, click :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and click " +":guilabel:`Grant Access`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Settings are **website-specific**, which means you can set up a B2C website " +"allowing **guest** checkout, and another for B2B customers with **mandatory " +"sign-in**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Users can only have one portal access per **email**. They *cannot* be " +"granted access to two different portals with the same **email address**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:133 +msgid "Shared customer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If you enable :guilabel:`Shared Customer Accounts` under " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Privacy section`," +" you can allow or disallow access to *all* websites for one same account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:3 +msgid "Payment providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports a multitude of online :doc:`payment providers " +"` for your website, allowing your " +"customers to pay with their preferred payment methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:55 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:12 +msgid ":doc:`../checkout_payment_shipping/checkout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "구성" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To set up payment providers on the eCommerce app, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`. From here," +" :guilabel:`Activate` the payment providers you wish to have available on " +"your shop, and configure them according to your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can access **payment providers** via " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Shop - Payment` section, you can :guilabel:`Configure SEPA Direct" +" Debit` if you wish to use it, as well as :guilabel:`View other providers`. " +"If you use the :guilabel:`Authorize.net` payment provider, the :ref:`Payment" +" Capture Method ` can be " +"configured in that same menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you are using :doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal`, you " +"can also enable and configure it here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:31 +msgid "Checkout payment options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once activated, customers can choose the payment provider of their choice " +"during the **checkout process**, at the :guilabel:`Confirm Order` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Payment provider selection at checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:41 +msgid "eWallets and gift cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:43 +msgid "" +"When checking out, customers can pay with an eWallet or gift cards. To " +"enable these, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`," +" and in the :guilabel:`Shop-Products` section, enable " +":menuselection:`Discounts, Loyalty & Gift Card`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once enabled, customers can enter their gift card **code** or pay with their" +" eWallet at the checkout step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Enter gift card code to process checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on your shipping strategy, you have the choice to either use your " +":ref:`own shipping methods `, or use an integration " +"with an :ref:`existing shipping provider `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:15 +msgid "Own shipping methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You can create your own custom shipping methods and define rules to compute " +"shipping costs. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Shipping Methods`, and either select an **existing** shipping method, or" +" :guilabel:`Create` one. When creating a shipping method, you can choose " +"between :doc:`Fixed Price " +"`," +" :doc:`Based on Rules " +"`," +" and :guilabel:`Pickup in store`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:26 +msgid "Pickup in store" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pickup in store` must first be **enabled** in the settings " +"(:menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shipping " +"section)` by checking :guilabel:`On Site Payments & Picking`. Once enabled, " +"you can select and :guilabel:`Customize Pickup Sites`. :guilabel:`Picking " +"sites` can be made **website-specific**, but are by default available for " +"*all* websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:34 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:83 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:85 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:42 +msgid "Shipping providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Another solution is to use one of the integrations with an existing shipping" +" provider. The advantage of using an integration is that delivery costs are " +"automatically computed based on each order as well as generating shipping " +"labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:49 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:50 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:51 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:84 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:204 +msgid "Website availability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Shipping methods can be made available on **specific** websites *only*, if " +"desired. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Shipping Methods`, and select the desired **shipping method**. " +"In the :guilabel:`Website` field, set the website you want the shipping " +"method to be restrained to. Leave the field **empty** for the method to be " +"available on *all* websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:63 +msgid "Delivery method at checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Customers can choose the shipping method at the end of the checkout process," +" at the :guilabel:`Confirm Order` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery method choice at checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management.rst:5 +msgid "eCommerce management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:288 +msgid "Customer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Having customer accounts on an eCommerce allows customers to access all " +"their documents from a single place. To access their account, customers must" +" be **logged-in** on the eCommerce website, click on their **username** in " +"the top-right corner of the screen, and click :guilabel:`My Account`. From " +"there, customers can access their :guilabel:`quotations`, " +":guilabel:`orders`, :guilabel:`invoices`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst-1 +msgid "Customer account log-in" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Customers can only have an account if the :ref:`sign in/up at checkout " +"` option allows for accounts creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Similarly to the rest of the website, the customer account page can be " +"customized with **content blocks** and other features through the **website " +"builder**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:27 +msgid "Access restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:29 +msgid "" +"It is possible to allow or restrict the documents to which customers have " +"access through the website builder. Log in your **own** account with your " +"Odoo database credentials, and go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`. " +"From the website builder menu, enable or disable the documents customers can" +" have access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst-1 +msgid "Documents to which customers have access to from their account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:39 +msgid "Multi-website account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you own multiple websites, you can make customer accounts available " +"across **all** websites. Then, the customer only needs one account. To do " +"so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Privacy" +" section`, and enable :guilabel:`Shared Customer Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:3 +msgid "Customer interaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers many ways to interact with customers and for customers to " +"interact with your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:10 +msgid "Product reviews" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Customers can give a rating to your products. This is a great way to promote" +" your products or services since reviews can influence purchase processes. " +"To activate the **rating** feature, from your **shop page**, select a " +"product, go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and enable " +":guilabel:`Rating`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 +msgid "Rating of a product on the product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Only portal users which purchased the product or service can leave ratings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Customer reviews can be hidden by clicking the :guilabel:`Visible` button " +"next to a published review." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:29 +msgid "Live chat" +msgstr "실시간 채팅" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:31 +msgid "" +"A chatbot is available and can simulate a human-like conversation with " +"website visitors via text messages in a chat box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/ratings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:42 +msgid "Contact forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:45 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "고객센터" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Customers may need support after purchasing a product or subscribing to a " +"service. It is possible to create a **contact form**, which, when fulfilled," +" automatically creates a new ticket for your **support team**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 +msgid "Contact form to submit a ticket to the support team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To add a contact form, **create** a new page (:menuselection:`+ New --> " +"Page`) if necessary, and drag and drop a :guilabel:`Form` block from the " +":guilabel:`Dynamic Content` section onto the page. Once placed, click on the" +" form (while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode), and in the :guilabel:`Action` field," +" select :guilabel:`Create a Ticket`. You can then select to which " +":guilabel:`Helpdesk team` the ticket should be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 +msgid "Action field to create a task upon submitting a form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:66 +msgid "Contact us" +msgstr "문의하기" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A 'Contact Us' page makes it easier for customers and prospects to contact " +"your company and get in touch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To have a 'Contact Us' page, create a new page (:menuselection:`+ New --> " +"Page`) if necessary, and click on :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`. Then," +" drag and drop a :guilabel:`Form` block onto the page. Select the form and " +"define the action to be performed when submitted in the :guilabel:`Action` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When clicking on a field, or when adding a new field (:guilabel:`+ Field`), " +"you can select its :guilabel:`Type`. This enables different options, such as" +" :guilabel:`Multiple Checkboxes`, which customers can use to indicate the " +"services they are interested in, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 +msgid "Tags to be selected on the 'Contact Us' form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 +msgid "'Checkboxes' configuration settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:89 +msgid "Newsletter" +msgstr "뉴스레터" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Customers can get updates on your eCommerce activities by subscribing to a " +"newsletter. Visitors subscribing to the newsletter are automatically added " +"to the mailing list of the **Email Marketing** application. You can either " +"choose a newsletter **block**, a newsletter **popup**, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**Popup**: prompts up a newsletter box when visitors scroll down the page;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:96 +msgid "" +"**Block**: displays a field on the page where customers can sign up by " +"entering their email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The newsletter **block** can be configured according to different " +":guilabel:`Templates`. To do so, click the **block** while in " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`, and select a :guilabel:`Template` in " +"the :guilabel:`Newsletter Block` section. There are **three** templates " +"available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Subscription`: visitors can sign up by email to the " +"newsletter, without any choice to the content. The content is defined in " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` in the :guilabel:`Newsletter` field;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS Subscription`: is the same as :guilabel:`Email Subscription`," +" but by SMS;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Form Subscription`: allows adding several fields, as well as a " +"checkbox for the visitor to agree to the **GDPR policy** of your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 +msgid "Form subscription configuration and settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can select :guilabel:`Subscribe to Newsletter` as " +":guilabel:`Action` when creating a :ref:`contact form `, " +"allowing for the same level of customization. Make sure to add a checkbox " +"stating visitors agree to be added to the mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:3 +msgid "Order handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When a customer orders on your eCommerce, there are **three** record types " +"required to be handle in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:8 +msgid ":ref:`Sales orders `;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:9 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery orders `;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:10 +msgid ":ref:`Invoices & legal requirements `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:15 +msgid "Sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:18 +msgid "Order and payment status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The first step when a customer adds a product to his cart is the creation of" +" a quotation. Orders can be managed either from the **Website** or " +":doc:`Sales ` app. eCommerce orders can " +"automatically be assigned to a specific sales team by going to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Shop - " +"Checkout Process** section, select a :guilabel:`Sales Team` or " +":guilabel:`Salesperson` to handle eCommerce orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst-1 +msgid "Assignment of online orders to a sales team or salesperson" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Orders can be found under :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> " +"Orders/Unpaid Orders`. Each order goes through a different status:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:33 +msgid "" +"**Quotation**: a new product is added to the cart, but the customer has " +"*not* gone through the checkout process yet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:35 +msgid "" +"**Quotation sent**: the customer has gone through the checkout process and " +"confirmed the order, but the payment is not yet confirmed;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:37 +msgid "" +"**Order**: the customer has gone through the checkout process, confirmed the" +" order, and the payment is received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst-1 +msgid "Statuses of eCommerce orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:45 +msgid "Abandoned cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:47 +msgid "" +"An **abandoned cart** represents an order for which the customer did **not " +"finish** the checkout confirmation process. For these orders, it is possible" +" to send an **email reminder** to the customer automatically. To enable that" +" feature, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"in the :guilabel:`Email & Marketing` section, enable " +":guilabel:`Automatically send abandoned checkout emails`. Once enabled, you " +"can set the **time-lapse** after which the email is sent and customize the " +"**email template** used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:55 +msgid "" +"For abandoned cart emails, the customer must either have entered their " +"contact details during the checkout process; or be logged-in when they added" +" the product to their cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:61 +msgid "Delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:64 +msgid "Delivery flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once a quotation has been confirmed, a delivery order is automatically " +"created. The next step is to process this delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Packing eCommerce orders usually requires picking the product, preparing the" +" packaging, printing the shipping label(s) and shipping to the customer. " +"Depending on the number of orders, strategy, or resources, those steps can " +"be considered as one or multiple actions in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:73 +msgid "" +"An automatic email can be sent to the customer when the transfer status in " +"Odoo is “done”. To do so, enable the feature in the settings of the " +":doc:`Inventory ` app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If customers are allowed to pay when picking up their order in stores or by " +"wire transfer, the quotation is **not** be confirmed and the stock is " +"**not** be reserved. Orders must be confirmed manually to reserve products " +"in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:88 +msgid "Returns and refunds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Customers can only return an order through an online form. It may not be " +"possible to return products depending on the return strategy or type of " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Full refunds can be directly sent to customers from within the order " +"interface. A refund-compatible payment provider needs to be enabled first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:104 +msgid "Invoice and legal requirements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The final step of an ecommerce order is to generate the invoice and send it " +"to the customer. Depending on the type of business (B2B or B2C), an invoice " +"can either be generated automatically (B2B) or on demand of the customer " +"(B2C). This process can be automated if (and when) the online payment is " +":ref:`confirmed `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To automate invoicing, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and in the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, enable " +":guilabel:`Automatic Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:3 +msgid "Performance monitoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo integrates a variety of tools to analyze and improve the performance of" +" your eCommerce website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:9 +msgid "Performance analysis tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:12 +msgid "Data monitoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Website** allows monitoring and analysis of the sales performance of your " +"eCommerce. To access the **reporting view**, go to :menuselection:`Website " +"--> Reporting`. This dashboard helps you monitor everything related to " +"sales, such as sales performance per product, category, day, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst-1 +msgid "Performance reporting of eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By clicking :guilabel:`Measures`, you can select the type of measurement " +"used, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Margin`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Qty Invoiced`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:26 +msgid ":guilabel:`Untaxed Total`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Volume`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:28 +msgid "..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Other options include **multiple views (Pivot, etc.), comparison** by " +"periods or years, and directly :guilabel:`insert in spreadsheet`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:34 +msgid "Analytics" +msgstr "분석" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:36 +msgid "" +"It is possible to link your Odoo website with Google Analytics. To do so, go" +" to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll to " +"the :guilabel:`SEO` section. Then, enter your **ID** in the " +":guilabel:`Measurement ID` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you are still using **Universal Analytics**, it can directly be added by " +"injecting the code in the HTML header and body using the website builder. " +"All metrics from Google Analytics and Universal Analytics can be seen " +"directly within Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, Odoo offers the possibility to use another service, " +"**Plausible.io**. Plausible.io is a simple and privacy-friendly alternative " +"to Google Analytics. Everything can be managed directly in Odoo, there is no" +" need to visit Plausible.io's website to access your metrics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/website/reporting/google_analytics`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products.rst:5 -msgid "Manage my products" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:166 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "품목" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:3 +msgid "Catalog" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 -msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:5 msgid "" -"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " -"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " -"the image into a carrousel." +"The eCommerce catalog is the equivalent of your physical store shelves: it " +"allows customers to see what you have to offer. Clear categories, available " +"options, sorting, and navigation threads help you structure it efficiently." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:10 +msgid "Categorize the product catalog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:12 msgid "" -"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." +"In Odoo, there is a **specific category model** for your eCommerce. Using " +"eCommerce categories for your products allows you to add a navigation menu " +"on your eCommerce page. Visitors can then use it to view all products under " +"the category they select." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:16 msgid "" -"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" -" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, select " +"the product you wish to modify, click on the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, and " +"select the :guilabel:`Categories` you want under :guilabel:`eCommerce Shop`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 -msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "eCommerce categories under the \"Sales\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:25 +msgid "A single product can appear under multiple eCommerce categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When your product's categories are configured, go to your **main shop page**" +" and click on :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize tab`. In the " +":guilabel:`Categories` option, you can either enable a menu on the " +":guilabel:`Left`, on the :guilabel:`Top`, or both. If you select the " +":guilabel:`Left` category, the option :guilabel:`Collapsable Category " +"Recursive` appears and allows to render the :guilabel:`Left` category menu " +"collapsable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Categories options for your eCommerce website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:43 +msgid "Browsing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The eCommerce category is the first tool to organize and split your " +"products. However, if you need an extra level of categorization in your " +"catalog, you can activate various **filters** such as attributes or sort-by " +"search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:50 +msgid "Attributes" +msgstr "속성" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Attributes refer to **characteristics** of a product, such as **color** or " +"**material**, whereas variants are the different combinations of attributes." +" :guilabel:`Attributes and Variants` can be found under " +":menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, select your product, " +"and :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Attributes and variants of your product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To enable **attribute filtering**, go to your **main shop page**, click on " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize tab` and select either :guilabel:`Left`, " +":guilabel:`Top`, or both. Additionally, you can also enable :guilabel:`Price" +" Filtering` to enable price filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Price Filter` works independently from **attributes** and, " +"therefore, can be enabled on its own if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can use **attribute filters** even if you do not work with product " +"variants. When adding attributes to your products, make sure only to specify" +" *one* value per attribute. Odoo does not create variants if no combination " +"is possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:78 +msgid "Sort-by search" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:80 +msgid "" +"It is possible to allow the user to manually **sort the catalog** using the " +"search bar. From your **main shop page**, click on :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Customize tab`; you can enable or disable the :guilabel:`Sort-By` option as " +"well as the :guilabel:`Layout` button. You can also select the " +":guilabel:`Default Sort` of the :guilabel:`Sort-By` button. The default sort" +" applies to *all* categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:86 +msgid "The **sorting** options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:88 +msgid "Featured" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:89 +msgid "Newest Arrivals" +msgstr "신규 등록 순" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:90 +msgid "Name (A-Z)" +msgstr "제품명 순 (A-Z)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:91 +msgid "Price - Low to High" +msgstr "낮은 가격 순" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:92 +msgid "Price - High to Low" +msgstr "높은 가격 순" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In addition, you can **manually edit** the catalog's order of a product by " +"going to **the main shop page** and clicking on the product. Under the " +":guilabel:`Product` section of the :guilabel:`Customize` section, you can " +"rearrange the order by clicking on the arrows. `<<` `>>` move the product to" +" the **extreme** right or left, and `<` `>` move the product by **one** row " +"to the right or left. It is also possible to change the catalog's order of " +"products in :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products` and drag-" +"and-dropping the products within the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Product rearrangement in the catalog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:107 +msgid "Page design" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:110 +msgid "Category page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:112 +msgid "" +"You can customize the layout of the category page using the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Editing the layout of the category page is global; editing one category " +"layout affects *all* category pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:118 +msgid "" +"To do so, go on to your :menuselection:`Category page --> Edit --> " +"Customize`. Here, you can choose the layout, the number of columns to " +"display the products, etc. The :guilabel:`Product Description` button makes " +"the product description visible from the category page, underneath the " +"product picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Layout options of the category pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:127 +msgid "" +"You can choose the size of the grid, but be aware that displaying too many " +"products may affect performance and page loading speed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:131 +msgid "Product highlight" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:133 +msgid "" +"You can highlight products to make them more visible on the category or " +"product page. On the page of your choice, go to :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Customize` and click on the product to highlight. In the :guilabel:`Product`" +" section, you can choose the size of the product image by clicking on the " +"grid, and you can also add a **ribbon** or :guilabel:`Badge`. This displays " +"a banner across the product's image, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:139 +msgid "Sale;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:140 +msgid "Sold out;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:141 +msgid "Out of stock;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:142 +msgid "New." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can activate the :doc:`developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode>` on the **product's template**, and under " +"the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, change or create the ribbon from the " +":guilabel:`Ribbon` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:149 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode>` is only intended" +" for experienced users who wish to have access to advanced tools. Using the " +"**developer mode** is *not* recommended for regular users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Ribbon highlight" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:158 +msgid "Additional features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can access and enable additional feature buttons such as **add to " +"cart**, **comparison list**, or a **wishlist**. To do so, go to your **main " +"shop page**, and at the end of the :guilabel:`Products Page` category, click" +" on the feature buttons you wish to use. All three buttons appear when " +"hovering the mouse over a product's image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add to Cart`: adds a button to :doc:`add the product to the cart " +"<../checkout_payment_shipping/cart>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Comparison List`: adds a button to **compare** products based on " +"their price, variant, etc.;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:169 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wishlist Button`: adds a button to **wishlist** the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Feature buttons for add to cart, comparison list, and wishlist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Appearance of buttons when hoovering over the mouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:112 +msgid "Add content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:182 +msgid "" +"You can use **building blocks** to add content on the category page, with a " +"variety of blocks ranging from :guilabel:`Structure` to :guilabel:`Dynamic " +"Content`. Specific areas are defined to use blocks are defined and " +"highlighted on the page when **dragging-and-dropping** a block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Building blocks areas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If you drop a building block **on top** of the product list, it creates a " +"new category header specific to *that* category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:192 +msgid "" +"If you drop a building **on the top** or **bottom** of the page, it becomes " +"visible on *all* category pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Adding content to an eCommerce category page is beneficial in terms of " +"**SEO** strategy. Using **keywords** linked to the products or the eCommerce" +" categories improves organic traffic. Additionally, each category has its " +"own specific URL that can be pointed to and is indexed by search engines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:3 +msgid "Cross-selling and upselling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Any sales process is an opportunity to maximize revenues. **Cross-selling " +"and upselling** are sales techniques consisting in selling customers " +"additional or more expensive products and services than what they were " +"originally shopping for. It is a great way to maximize the value of each one" +" of your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:10 +msgid "**Cross-selling** can be done via **two** features:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:12 +msgid "" +":ref:`Optional products ` upon **adding to cart**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:13 +msgid "" +":ref:`Accessory products ` on the **checkout " +"page**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Upselling** is only done via :ref:`alternative products " +"` on the **product page**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`catalog`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:22 +msgid "Cross-selling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:27 +msgid "Optional products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:29 +msgid "" +"**Optional products** are suggested when customers click :guilabel:`Add to " +"cart`, either from the **product page** or **catalog page**. Upon clicking, " +"a pop-up window opens with the **optional products** displayed in the " +":guilabel:`Available Options` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst-1 +msgid "Optional products cross-selling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To enable **optional products** go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce " +"--> Products`, select a product, go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, and enter " +"the products you wish to feature in the :guilabel:`Optional Products` field." +" Optional products are **linked** to the product(s) they are set up with on " +"the **product template**. They only appear when that product is added to the" +" cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can also access the :guilabel:`Sales` tab of the **product template** by" +" selecting a product on your **main shop page** and clicking " +":guilabel:`Product` in the top-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:49 +msgid "Accessory products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Accessory products** are displayed in the :guilabel:`Suggested " +"Accessories` section before processing to checkout at the :guilabel:`Review " +"Order` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst-1 +msgid "Suggested accessories at checkout during cart review" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To enable **accessory products**, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"eCommerce --> Products`, select a product, go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, " +"and enter the products you wish to feature in the :guilabel:`Accessory " +"Products` field. Suggested accessory products are **linked** to the " +"product(s) they are set up with on the **product template**. They only " +"appear when that product is at the checkout process review." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:65 +msgid "Upselling" +msgstr "상향 판매" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:70 +msgid "Alternative products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Alternative products** are suggested on the **product page** and usually " +"incentivize customers to buy a more expensive variant or product than the " +"one they were initially shopping for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst-1 +msgid "Alternative products on the product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To enable **alternative products**, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"eCommerce --> Products`, select a product, go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, " +"and enter the products you wish to feature in the :guilabel:`Alternative " +"Products` field. Then, go to the related **product page** by clicking " +":guilabel:`Go To Website`, and click :menuselection:`Edit`. Stay on the " +":guilabel:`Blocks` tab, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Dynamic Content` " +"section. Then, drag and drop the :guilabel:`Products` building block " +"anywhere on the **product page**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:86 +msgid "" +"When placed, in :guilabel:`Edit` mode, click the **block** to access various" +" settings for that :guilabel:`Products` building block. In the " +":guilabel:`Filter` field, select :guilabel:`Alternative Products`. You can " +"configure several additional settings, such as how many elements are " +"displayed (:guilabel:`Fetched Elements`), the :guilabel:`Template` used, " +"etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:3 +msgid "Price management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers multiple options to select the price displayed on your website, " +"as well as condition-specific prices based on set criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:9 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "세무" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:12 +msgid "Tax configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To add a tax on a product, you can either set a tax in the " +":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field of the **product template** or use " +":doc:`fiscal positions " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:25 +msgid "Tax display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Choosing the displayed price tax usually depends on a country's regulations " +"or the type of customers **(B2B vs. B2C)**. To select the type of price " +"displayed, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` category, and select " +":guilabel:`Tax Excluded` or :guilabel:`Tax Included`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Excluded`: the price displayed on the website is **tax-" +"excluded**, and the tax is computed at the cart-review step;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Included`: the price displayed on the website is **tax-" +"included**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"This setting is **global**, and the tax-display type is the same for (all " +"of) your website(s). It is, therefore, not possible to select different tax " +"displays for different websites. This may be a significant point of " +"consideration when implementing a database with multiple ecommerce websites " +"aimed at varying customer types (i.e., B2B and B2C)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can choose to display the type of pricing next to the product price by " +"going to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Homepage --> Shop`, selecting " +"a product, and then :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize tab` and enabling " +":guilabel:`Tax Indication`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst-1 +msgid "Tax type displayed on the product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:54 +msgid "Price per unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:56 +msgid "" +"It is possible to display a :doc:`price per unit " +"` on the " +"product page. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and enable :guilabel:`Product Reference Price` under the " +":guilabel:`Shop - Products` section. When enabled, ensure an amount is set " +"in the :guilabel:`Base Unit Count` field of the **product template**, and in" +" the :guilabel:`Sales Price`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst-1 +msgid "Cost per unit pricing on the product template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The price per unit of measure can be found above the :guilabel:`Add to Cart`" +" button on the product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst-1 +msgid "Cost per unit pricing on the product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Pay attention that having the price per unit may be **mandatory** in some " +"countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:78 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:81 +msgid "Price configuration: pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Pricelists are the primary tool to manage prices on your eCommerce. They " +"allow you to define website-specific prices - different from the price on " +"the product template - based on the **country group**, **currency**, " +"**minimum quantity**, **period**, or **variant**. You can create as many " +"pricelists as needed, but it is mandatory to have at least one pricelist " +"configured per website. If no custom pricelists are added, Odoo defaults to " +"the **Public Pricelist** for all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Pricelists can be found under :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> " +"Pricelists`, but must first be activated. For that, head to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll down to " +"the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section. There, you can find two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:99 +msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple prices per product`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:100 +msgid ":guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The **first** option allows you to set different prices per customer " +"*segment*, i.e., registered customers, gold customers, regular customers, " +"etc. The **second** option allows you to set *price change* rules such as " +"**discounts**, **margins**, **roundings**, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:107 +msgid "Foreign currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If you are selling in **multiple currencies** and have pricelists in foreign" +" currencies, customers can select their corresponding pricelist anywhere on " +"the :guilabel:`Shop` page from the drop-down menu next to the **search " +"bar**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst-1 +msgid "Pricelists selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:119 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:122 +msgid "Permanent discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:124 +msgid "" +"If you have permanently reduced the price of a product, a popular means to " +"attract customers is the **strikethrough** strategy. The strategy consists " +"in displaying the previous price crossed out and the **new discounted " +"price** next to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst-1 +msgid "Price strikethrough" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To display a 'striked' price, enable the :guilabel:`Comparison Price` option" +" under :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - " +"Products category`. Then, head to the product's template " +"(:menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`), and in the " +":guilabel:`Compare to Price` field, enter the **new** price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:3 +msgid "Product management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to create, import, and manage your products' pages all " +"within the **Website** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:8 +msgid "Add products to the catalog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:10 +msgid "To add a product to your catalog, you can either do it in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From anywhere on your website, click :menuselection:`+ New --> Product`. " +"Enter the name of your product, and :guilabel:`Save`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:14 +msgid ":menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products --> Create`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:15 +msgid "" +"or by :ref:`importing data ` using XLSX or CSV files. To do so," +" go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`. Click on " +":guilabel:`Favorites` and :ref:`Import records `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:16 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/import`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Product-related documentation <../../../sales/sales>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:25 +msgid "Publish" +msgstr "발행" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Upon creation, products are defaulted as :guilabel:`Unpublished` in your " +"eCommerce catalog. To make a product visible to visitors, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Homepage`, click on your **main shop** " +"page, select the product, and enable it as :guilabel:`Published` in the top-" +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To publish **large batches** of products, the most convenient fashion is to " +"go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`. Here, remove the " +":guilabel:`Published` filter by clicking on the :guilabel:`x` right to it, " +"and then select the :guilabel:`List` view. Next, click the " +":guilabel:`dropdown toggle` button (located right below the :guilabel:`List`" +" button) and enable :guilabel:`Is published`. Click the :guilabel:`Is " +"Published` column to re-order it either by **published** or **unpublished** " +"products. Finally, select the products to publish by ticking their box on " +"the extreme-right, and tick any box of the selected products in the " +":guilabel:`Is Published` column to publish them all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 +msgid "List and dropdown toggle buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:47 +msgid "Product page design" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once a product is created, you can access its **product page** through the " +":guilabel:`Shop` page by clicking on the product, and then clicking " +":guilabel:`Edit`. Here, you can change the page's **additional functions**, " +"**layout**, **add content**, etc. Note that **enabled functions** apply to " +"*all* product pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:57 +msgid "Additional functions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In the **website builder** window, click :guilabel:`Customize` to enable " +"additional functions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customers: Rating` allows customers to submit :ref:`product " +"reviews `; :guilabel:`Share` adds social media and email " +"icon buttons to share the product via those channels;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select Quantity`: if enabled, allows to choose the quantity added" +" to cart;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Indication`: notifies if the price is **VAT included** or " +"**excluded**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Variants`: shows all possible :doc:`variants " +"` of the " +"product as a :guilabel:`Products List`; :guilabel:`Options` as selectable " +"options to compose the variant yourself;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cart`: :guilabel:`Buy Now` adds a :ref:`checkout button " +"` taking the customer directly to the checkout page; " +":guilabel:`Wishlist` allows to add the product to a wishlist;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Specification`: allows you to select where the " +":guilabel:`Specifications` section is displayed. This option displays a list" +" of all variant attributes and values of a product, but only works for " +"products *with* variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To allow **wishlists**, the option must be enabled in " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Products`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To access the :guilabel:`Variants` options, the :doc:`Product Variants " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` option must first " +"be enabled under :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Shop - Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:85 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "배치" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Within the same :guilabel:`Customize` tab as the :ref:`functions `, the layout configuration can be changed according to your " +"needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Images Width`: changes the width of the product images displayed " +"on the page;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: the :guilabel:`Carousel` layout displays a large, main " +"image with smaller ones underneath; whereas the :guilabel:`Grid` displays " +"four images in a square layout (see pictures below);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image Zoom`: choose which image zooms are available, either " +":guilabel:`Pop-up on Click`, when hovering over the image " +"(:guilabel:`Magnifier on hover`), on :guilabel:`Both`, or :guilabel:`None`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Thumbnails`: decide how the thumbnails should be aligned, either " +"**vertically** (:guilabel:`Left`), or **horizontally** (:guilabel:`Right`);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Main Image`: click :guilabel:`Replace` to change the product's " +"main image;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Extra Images`: click :guilabel:`Add` or :guilabel:`Remove all` to" +" add or remove extra product images. You can also add images and videos via " +"**URL**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Images must either be in PNG or JPG format. To trigger the zoom, the image " +"has to be bigger than 1024x1024." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 +msgid "Product images layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:114 +msgid "" +"You can use **building blocks** (:menuselection:`Edit --> Blocks`) to add " +"content to your product page. These blocks can be used to add extra text and" +" picture galleries, features such as :guilabel:`Call to Actions`, " +":guilabel:`Comparisons`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Depending on *where* you drop the **building block**, it may be available " +"either on the product page *only*, or on the *whole* website. **Building " +"blocks** dropped at the very top or very bottom of the page are available on" +" the *whole* website, where **building blocks** put underneath the product " +"description are only displayed on the *product* page *(see image below)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 +msgid "Building blocks on product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:128 +msgid "Download link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To add a downloadable file (ex.: user's manual, notice of use, etc.) on the " +"product page, drag and drop a :guilabel:`Text` block from " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Blocks` on the page. Once placed, click within the " +":guilabel:`Text` block, and under the :guilabel:`Inline Text` section, " +"select either :menuselection:`Insert Media --> Documents` or " +":guilabel:`Insert or edit link` and enter the URL in the :guilabel:`Your " +"URL` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The difference with :ref:`digital files ` is that " +"digital files can only be downloaded *after* checkout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 +msgid "Media and link buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:147 +msgid "Digital files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Should your product be sold with a certificate, manual user, or any other " +"relevant document, it is possible to add a download link for customers at " +"the end of the checkout. To do that, first enable :guilabel:`Digital " +"Content` under :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Shop - Checkout Process`. Then, on the **product's template**, click on " +":menuselection:`More --> Digital Files` and :guilabel:`Create` a new file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 +msgid "Digital Files menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:159 +msgid "For the configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:161 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the name of your file;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type:` select if it is either a **file** or a **URL**. " +"Accordingly, you either have a :guilabel:`File Content (base64)` field to " +"upload your file, or a :guilabel:`URL` field to enter your URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: the website on which that file is *available*. If you " +"want it available for *all* websites, leave it empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:168 +msgid "" +"The file is then available after checkout in the **purchase order** section " +"found on the customer's portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:172 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:175 +msgid "Multiple languages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:177 +msgid "" +"If multiple languages are available on your website and you wish to have the" +" product's information translated, it is necessary to encode this translated" +" information in the **product's template**. Fields with multiple languages " +"available are identifiable by their abbreviation language (ex. :abbr:`EN " +"(English)`) next to their field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 +msgid "Field translation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:186 +msgid "The **eCommerce-related** fields to translate are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:188 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product name`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Out-of-Stock Message` (under the :guilabel:`Sales` tab);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Sales Description` (under the :guilabel:`Sales` tab);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Having untranslated content on a web page may be detrimental to the user " +"experience and :doc:`SEO <../../../websites/website/pages/seo>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:196 +msgid "" +"To check the language(s) of your website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Website Info section`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:200 +msgid ":doc:`../../../websites/website/pages/seo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:201 +msgid ":ref:`Multi-language support `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:206 +msgid "" +"A product can be set available on either *one* or *all* websites, but it is " +"not possible to select *some* websites and not others. To define a product's" +" availability, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, " +"select your product, and in the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, click the " +":guilabel:`Website` you wish the product to be available on. Leave the field" +" empty for the products to be available on *all* websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:213 +msgid "Stock management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Under the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - " +"Products`, you can enable and configure inventory management options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To display the stock level on the product page, the :guilabel:`Product Type`" +" on the **product's form** must be set to :guilabel:`Storable` (only " +"available when the **Inventory** app is installed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:224 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "재고" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:226 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory Defaults` sub-section, you can select the " +"eCommerce selling strategy of products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:229 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Warehouse`: if you have multiple warehouses, you can define the " +"warehouse associated to your website. If you have multiple websites, you can" +" select a different one per website;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Out-of-Stock (Continue Selling)`: enabling it allows customers to" +" continue placing orders even when the product is **out-of-stock**. Leave it" +" unchecked to **prevent orders**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show Available Qty`: enabling it displays the available quantity " +"left under a specified threshold on the product page. The available quantity" +" is calculated based on the 'On hand' quantity minus the quantity already " +"reserved for outgoing transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:239 +msgid ":ref:`Allow only selected customers to buy `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:242 +msgid "Selling as kit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:244 +msgid "" +"If you are selling non-prepackaged kits (i.e., the kits are made of " +"individual products), we recommend you read the related documentation to " +"keep track of your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:248 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:251 +msgid "Product comparison" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:253 +msgid "" +"You can enable a **product comparison tool** for your eCommerce by going to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Products`," +" and ticking :guilabel:`Product Comparison Tool`. This tool allows to save " +"products' **specifications** and compare them against each other on a single" +" page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:258 +msgid "" +"On the product page, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Specifications` section " +"and click :guilabel:`Compare`. Repeat the same process for all products you " +"wish to compare. Then, click the :guilabel:`Compare` button of the pop-up " +"window at the bottom of the page to reach the comparison summary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:264 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Comparison Tool` can only be used if :doc:`attributes" +" ` are set on the **product's template**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 +msgid "Product comparison window" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Manage product variants" +msgid "Product variants" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" -"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " -"customers on the product's page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Let's say one of your customers selects a T-shirt from your product catalog." +"Product variants are variations, such as different colors, materials, etc., " +"of the same product. These variations can differ in price and availability " +"from the product. Product variants can either be :doc:`created " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` or :doc:`imported " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/import>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:10 msgid "" -"Then, they choose the size and color they want. The various size and color " -"combinations are known as product variants." +"To use product variants, enable them under :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, in the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:14 -msgid "Create attributes & variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to create various attributes and variants for your products, you " -"first need to turn on *Variants* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration " -"--> Settings`." +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/products`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:19 +msgid "Product configurator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:21 msgid "" -"Then, select a product from the Products list (:menuselection:`Sales / " -"Website --> Products --> Products`). When the product detail form opens, " -"click on *Edit*, and go to the *Variants* tab." +"Adding attributes and values to a product template allows the enabling of " +"the **product configurator** on the product page. Customers use it to " +"configure and select the product variant of their choice; or in the case of " +"multiple attributes, combine those to create a specific variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Variants configurator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:29 msgid "" -"Here, you can add as many different attributes as you'd like by clicking on " -"*Add a line*." +"The **display type** of each attribute used in the product configurator can " +"be edited through the **website builder** by clicking :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Customize` on the product page, and then clicking on one of the " +"attributes. You can then select between four options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:24 -msgid "These attributes appear as three different types:" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:33 +msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Radio buttons" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pills`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:27 -msgid "Color buttons" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Select`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:28 -msgid "Drop-down menu" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Display type options for attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 msgid "" -"Several variants appear as soon as there are two values for one attribute." +"Alternatively, the **display type** can be edited through " +":menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Attributes`, selecting an " +"**attribute**, and then choosing a :guilabel:`Display Type`; or through the " +"**product template** by going to :menuselection:`eCommerce --> Products`, " +"selecting a product, and then clicking :guilabel:`Attributes and Variants`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 -msgid "Don't forget to hit *Save* once all variants have been entered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rstNone -msgid "ecommerce product variants values" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:39 -msgid "Edit variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 msgid "" -"After you hit *Save*, you are able to see all the variants from the product " -"template detail form via the *Variants* smart button." +"Specific combinations of values can be excluded from the product " +"configurator. This way, customers are unable to select the excluded " +"combination of values. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce" +" --> Products`, select a product, and go to :guilabel:`Attributes and " +"Variants`. Then, click on an **attribute**, select a **value**, and in the " +":guilabel:`Exclude for` section, select a :guilabel:`Product Template` and " +"the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` to exclude." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rstNone -msgid "ecommerce product variants smart button" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 +msgid "Product specifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 msgid "" -"Clicking the *Variants* smart button takes you to the Product Variants page," -" where you can edit the following data for each specific variant:" +"Values used for each attribute are displayed as a **specification list** at " +"the bottom of the product page. To be visible, the **specification list** " +"must first be enabled on the product page by going to :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Customize` and selecting a placement for the field " +":guilabel:`Specification`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:51 -msgid "Picture(s)" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Specifications list on the product page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:52 -msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:53 -msgid "Barcode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 -msgid "Volume" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:55 -msgid "Weight" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:56 -msgid "Cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:70 msgid "" -"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " -"to populate them once the variants are generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:63 -msgid "Set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:65 -msgid "" -"You can set a specific public price per variant by clicking on *Configure " -"Variants* in the product detail form (top-left corner). That takes you to " -"the *Product Variant Values* page for that product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rstNone -msgid "ecommerce product variants configure variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:72 -msgid "" -"To set a specific public price for a particular variant, simply click on the" -" variant you want to modify, then click on *Edit*." +"The product **specification list** can also be used on products without " +"variants. For that, make sure to have no values combination. Products with " +"single values for their attributes do not generate variants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:75 +msgid "Filter catalog by attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:77 msgid "" -"The *Value Price Extra* field represents the monetary value that is added to" -" the original product price whenever the corresponding attribute value is " -"selected." +"Customers **can** filter the **catalog** based on product attributes and " +"values, allowing them to :ref:`filter ` the catalog " +"based only on the attribute(s) of their choice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rstNone -msgid "ecommerce value price extra" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "This is how the *Value Price Extra* looks on your website:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rstNone -msgid "ecommerce value price extra on the frontend" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 msgid "" -"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " -"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +"To enable **attributes filtering**, go to :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Customize` from your **main shop page** and click on one of the " +":guilabel:`Categories` in the left column. Here, enable either " +":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, or **both**, in the " +":guilabel:`Attributes` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:93 -msgid "Disable/archive variants" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Categories buttons" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:95 -msgid "" -"You can disable/archive specific variants so they are no longer available in" -" quotes or on your website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, etc.). " -"Simply select *Archive* in their detail form. You can reactivate them the " -"same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rstNone -msgid "ecommerce product variants archive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:103 -msgid "" -"To retrieve such items, hit *Archived* in the *Filters* category while " -"searching the variants list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rstNone -msgid "ecommerce product variants archive search" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:5 -msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 -msgid "Cross-selling: Accessory and Optional Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Any sales process is an opportunity to maximize revenues. For example, with " -"an extended warranty or some accessories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To do so, you can use **Cross-selling**, a sales technique consisting in " -"selling a customer something in addition to the product or service they were" -" originally shopping for. It is a great way to maximize the value of each " -"one of your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 -msgid "It can be done via two different features:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 -msgid "" -":ref:`Accessory products ` on the checkout page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:15 -msgid "" -":ref:`Optional products ` on a new :guilabel:`Add to" -" Cart` screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 -msgid "Accessory Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**Accessory Products** are products that are displayed when customers review" -" their cart before paying. As an example, you could suggest a mouse or a " -"keyboard when someone buys a computer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To add *Accessory Products*, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> " -"Products` and, under the :guilabel:`Sales Tab`, add your products to the " -":guilabel:`Accessory Products` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rstNone -msgid "Add an accessory product to product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Now, go to your website and add the product to your cart. On the payment " -"step, you can see your accessory products suggested to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rstNone -msgid "See of payment view and accessory product suggestion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Alternative, Accessory, and Optional Products " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:46 -msgid "Optional Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 -msgid "" -"**Optional products** are products directly related to an item. Each time " -"the product is added to a cart, a pop-up appears, suggesting other products " -"to buy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To enable optional products, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration" -" --> Settings` and tick :guilabel:`Optional Products`. Then, go to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Products` and open the item you " -"want to add an optional product to. In the :guilabel:`Sales tab` of that " -"product, add as many optional products as you want." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rstNone -msgid "Add an optional product to product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:60 -msgid "" -"From now, when a customer adds this product to their cart, a pop-up appears " -"and suggests also adding the optional product(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rstNone -msgid "Pop-up with optional products appears." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`upselling`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "Adapt prices to website visitors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"This section sheds light on pricing features found in the eCommerce app:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 -msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 -msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 -msgid "" -"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing product pricing: " -":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 -msgid "Geo-IP automatically applies the right price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, visitors who aren't " -"logged in yet will get their own currency when landing on your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 -msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In the case that you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers " -"choose their own. Check the *Selectable* box to add the pricelist to the " -"website drop-down menu, which can be found in *Pricelists* under the " -"*Products* menu, located in the Website application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:37 -msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 -msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " -"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" -" on formula* for *Sale Price*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" -" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " -"code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " -"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " -"prices get automatically updated in the cart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " -"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 -msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 -msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " -"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " -"your customer to share their feedback!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " -"so (see Portal documentation)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 -msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " -"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 -msgid "" -"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " -"follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " -"the product discussion thread)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 -msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " -"form or on the web page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 -msgid "" -"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " -"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 -msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 -msgid "" -"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" -" smart button (and vice versa)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " -"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" -" time browsing your catalog." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 -msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " -"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " -"customers will be confused." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:5 -msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:3 -msgid "Manage orders paid with Payment Providers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The moment a payment is officially authorized by a Payment Provider, Odoo " -"*automatically* confirms the order, which triggers the delivery. And, if you" -" invoice based on ordered quantities, you are requested to invoice the " -"order, as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Let’s take a closer look at how to manage orders paid with Payment " -"Providers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:12 -msgid "Checking the status of a payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To check the status of a payment, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Orders " -"--> Orders`. Then, simply click on the order you wish to check on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Once you are on the Sales Order page, you will find the payment is confirmed" -" with an automatic note in the *Chatter*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rstNone -msgid "payment is confirmed in the chatter of sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If the user decides to create an invoice, the payment is directly " -"reconciled. This note in the *Chatter* includes a link to the Payment entry," -" which contains various details about the transaction, along with a link to " -"the related Journal Entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rstNone -msgid "page with details surrounding the specific transaction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status " -"whenever they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit these " -"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:38 -msgid "Automatically generate invoices at order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:40 -msgid "" -"When the order is confirmed, you can also choose to have an invoice " -"automatically issued and paid. This fully-automated feature is designed for " -"businesses that invoice orders right away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:47 -msgid "To do automatically generate invoices at order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Invoicing`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Then, under the **Invoicing Policy** option, select *Invoice what is " -"ordered*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:47 -msgid "Then activate *Automatic Invoices* and *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rstNone -msgid "example of automatic invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:54 -msgid "Capture payment after the delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If the provider handling the payment is configured to capture amounts " -"manually, the order is confirmed, but the amount is kept on hold. Once the " -"delivery is processed, you can capture the payment from the related Sales " -"Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/payment_providers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_providers.rst:62 -msgid "" -":ref:`Payment Providers: Place a hold on a card " -"`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " -"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" -" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " -"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " -"process before buying something." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 -msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " -"order from order confirmation email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 -msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" -" in the login dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " -"modified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " -"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/taxes.rst:5 -msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:6 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "실시간 채팅" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:8 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:11 -msgid "`Live Chat: product page `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" "Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " "allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" @@ -907,11 +2529,23 @@ msgid "" "your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 -msgid "Set up" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:13 +msgid "`Live Chat: product page `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:14 +msgid ":doc:`livechat/ratings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:15 +msgid ":doc:`livechat/responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:18 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "설정" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:20 msgid "" "Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " "with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" @@ -919,287 +2553,285 @@ msgid "" "Live Chat`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 msgid "View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:28 msgid "" "Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:33 msgid "For both scenarios, under:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:36 msgid "" "- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " "you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " "Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:39 msgid "" "- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " "automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " "initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:42 msgid "" "- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " "In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " "users (from any country) land on the contact us page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 msgid "View of a channel’s rules form for Odoo Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:48 msgid "" "GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " "geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " "Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:53 msgid "External options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:56 msgid "" "If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" " to your own, under the *Widget* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:57 msgid "" "Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " "single live chat page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:63 msgid "Managing chat requests" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:65 msgid "" "Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " "shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" " Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the discuss application with a message sent through live chat in " "Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:72 msgid "" "Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " "operators." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:75 msgid "Leave or join a channel" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:77 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " "channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`ratings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`responses`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:3 msgid "Ratings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "평가" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:5 msgid "" "Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " "improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " "customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:10 msgid "Customer Rating" -msgstr "" +msgstr "고객 평가순위" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:12 msgid "" "Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:14 msgid "" "If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " "for an explanation is shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:15 msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst-1 msgid "View of the chat window from a user’s side for Odoo Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:22 msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a chat window from an operator’s side highlighting a rating for Odoo" " Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:28 msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst-1 msgid "View of the customer ratings page in Odoo Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:35 msgid "Make the rating public" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:37 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " "channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " "rating of that channel on your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst-1 msgid "View of the public ratings in the website for Odoo Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:3 msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:5 msgid "" "Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" "thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:9 msgid "Use commands" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:11 msgid "" "Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:13 msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:14 msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:15 msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:16 msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:17 msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:18 msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 msgid "" "- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " "database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " "Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 msgid "" "- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:26 msgid "" "To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " "link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:33 msgid "" "Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" " a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:37 msgid "Send canned responses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:40 msgid "" "Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " "you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " "--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:41 msgid "" "To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " "shortcut word you created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:8 msgid "Website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "웹사이트" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -1207,254 +2839,822 @@ msgid "" "beautiful websites that convert visitors into leads or revenues." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize.rst:5 -msgid "Optimize" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:3 +msgid "Multiple websites" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 -msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:8 msgid "" -"`Create a Google Analytics account `__ if" -" you don't have any." +"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " +"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " +"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " -"ID." +"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " +"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," +" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 -msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:18 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "설정" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:20 msgid "" -"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " -"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." +"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" +" Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:28 msgid "" -"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation" -" `_." +"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " +"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" +" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " +"visitors to it using Geo IP." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 -msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:36 msgid "" -"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " -"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " -"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " -"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " +"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " +"theme!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:40 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " -"*Link Trackers*." +"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " +"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:48 msgid "" -"View of Website settings page emphasizing the link trackers field in Odoo " -"Website" +"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" +" Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See :ref:`domain-" +"name/existing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 -msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:52 +msgid "Create the menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:54 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " -"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " -"campaign, medium, and source being used." +"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " +"edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only" +" edit the menu of the current website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rstNone -msgid "View of the link tracker fields for Odoo Website" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:59 +msgid "Switch from one website to another" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:62 msgid "" -"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " -"product's page)." +"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " +"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " +"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" +" sign in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 -msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:71 msgid "" -"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " -"Facebook ad)." +"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " +"website (e.g., ``/shop/myproduct``). If this URL is not used, you will be " +"redirected to a 404 page but prompted to create a new page from there." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:76 +msgid "Add features" +msgstr "기능 추가하기" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:78 msgid "" -"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" +" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " +"removing the menu item." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:82 msgid "" -"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" -" by the source you have decided on." +"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " +"First, select the website to configure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 -msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:88 msgid "" -"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" -" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " -"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, you can also see complete " -"statistics by clicking on *Stats*, including the number of clicks, and the " -"country of origin for those clicks." +"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " +"only impact the very website you are working on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:94 +msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:96 +msgid "languages," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:98 +msgid "domain names," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:100 +msgid "social media links," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:102 +msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:104 +msgid "dedicated live chat channels," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:106 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:108 +msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:111 +msgid "Manage domain names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:113 msgid "" -"View of the tracked list emphasizing the statistics buttons in Odoo Website" +"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " +"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " +"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " +"redirected to the right website using GeoIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 -msgid "You can also access the link tracker on *odoo.com/r* via your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:122 msgid "" -"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " -"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" -"end functionalities." +"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " +"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" +"installation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/domain_names`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:129 msgid "" -"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics `, those trackers " -"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " -"your marketing campaigns." +"If you setup an extra website and specify the domain name you will have to " +"do three things to get this feature to work:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:132 msgid "" -"The integration with the :doc:`CRM " -"` application allows " -"you to understand where your leads and opportunities are coming from." +"Setup an A-record in the DNS configuration of your hosting provider so that " +"\"www.mywebsite2.ext\" is redirected to the IP of your Odoo instance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:3 -msgid "Website analytics with Plausible.io" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:5 -msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Plausible.io:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:134 msgid "" -"`Create a Plausible.io account `_ if you " -"don't have any." +"Create an extra Nginx ``server`` block in which you set the ``server_name`` " +"that you've set in the :guilabel:`Website domain` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:136 msgid "" -"`Create your website `_ and `Start " -"collecting data` if it is not already done." +"Reload and restart your Nginx instance to use the new ``server`` block." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:139 +msgid "Customize the visitor experience" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:142 msgid "" -"Go through the `list of your websites `_ and " -"click on the gear icon." +"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" +" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " +"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " +"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " +"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 -msgid "Click on cog icon in the list of websites" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:152 +msgid "Publish specific content per website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:155 msgid "" -"Click on the button :guilabel:`+ New Link` in the tab Visibility to create " -"your Shared links." +"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " +"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " +"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " +"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 -msgid "Adding a shared link in the Visibility tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:163 msgid "" -"Choose a name (and NO password - it is not supported to embed it in Odoo) " -"and click on the button `Create Shared Link`." +"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " +"websites*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 -msgid "Credentials creation for the new shared link" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:168 +msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:170 +msgid "Blogs" +msgstr "블로그" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:172 +msgid "Slide Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:174 +msgid "Forums" +msgstr "게시판" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:176 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "행사" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:178 +msgid "Job Positions" +msgstr "직무 영역" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:181 msgid "" -"Copy the new Shared Link URL from Plausible.io and paste it into the " -"Settings of Odoo." +"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " +"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 -msgid "Copy the shared link URL from Plausible.io" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:185 +msgid "Publish a page in all websites" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 -msgid "Paste the shared link URL to Odoo settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 -msgid "**You are on the Odoo Online Platform**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:187 msgid "" -"When you `create your Odoo Online database `_, " -"we create it for you on our own server. You don't have anything to do." +"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." +" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 -msgid "**What about the Goal?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/plausible.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:191 msgid "" -"Odoo pushes out-of-the-box custom events: `Lead Generation` and `Shop`." +"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " +"and set the new website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:3 -msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:197 +msgid "" +"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" +" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " +"being linked to all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:202 +msgid "" +"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " +"page behind each edited page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:209 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "여러 개의 회사를 관리하는 경우" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" +"companies environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:217 +msgid "" +"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " +"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " +"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " +"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " +"visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:226 +msgid "" +"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " +"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" +" selector in the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:232 +msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:234 +msgid "" +"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" +" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:239 +msgid "Products only available on one website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:241 +msgid "" +"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." +" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " +"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:249 +msgid "Products available on *some* websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " +"should duplicate the product for each website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:254 +msgid "" +"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " +"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " +"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" +" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " +"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:261 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "가격표" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " +"Prices per Product* in Website settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:266 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " +"additional pricelists. You can also choose to have a pricelist available " +"*only* on a specific website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:270 +msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/managing_products/price_management`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " +"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " +"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:280 +msgid "Payment Providers and Delivery Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:282 +msgid "" +"By default, published payment providers and delivery methods are deployed in" +" all websites. You could already use specific payment providers per country " +"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " +"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:290 +msgid "" +"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " +"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " +"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " +"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " +"the visitor mind." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:300 +msgid "Technical hints for customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:302 +msgid "" +"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" +" make it work with multi websites:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:306 +msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:306 +msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:310 +msgid "Access: you should call the method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:309 +msgid "" +"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" +" can see a record in the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:314 +msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:313 +msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " +"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " +"being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 +msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:48 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reasons :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +":option:`proxy mode `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:66 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:67 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:3 +msgid "Translations" +msgstr "번역하기" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The contents of your website pages (i.e., text strings) can be translated " +"into different languages directly on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Your website is displayed in the language that matches the visitor's " +"browser's language, unless that particular language has not been installed. " +"In this case, the website is displayed in the :ref:`default language " +"`. The visitor can still select another language" +" in the language menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:14 +msgid "Installing languages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To translate your website, you first have to add the required languages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:18 +msgid "Go to your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:19 +msgid "Scroll to the bottom of the page to the **language menu**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:20 +msgid "Click the language and select :guilabel:`Add a language`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:0 +msgid "Add a language to your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Languages` field and select the required language from " +"the drop-down list. Repeat this step for each additional language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:27 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Add` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can also edit your website's languages from the backend, in the " +":guilabel:`Settings`. Go to :menuselection:`Website –> Configuration –> " +"Settings` and add/remove the required languages in the :guilabel:`Languages`" +" field, in the :guilabel:`Website info` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:37 +msgid "Default language" +msgstr "기본 언어" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If the language of the visitor's browser is not installed on your website, " +"the content is displayed in the default language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To define a default language, go to :menuselection:`Website –> Configuration" +" –> Settings`, and select a language in the :guilabel:`Default` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:46 +msgid "" +"This field is visible only if multiple languages are already configured for " +"your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:49 +msgid "Translating the contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once the languages have been added, you can translate the contents of your " +"website. To do so, go to your website, select the language from the language" +" menu and click the :guilabel:`Translate` button on the right part of the " +"task bar to activate the **translation mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst-1 +msgid "Translate button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:58 +msgid "As a result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Text strings that have already been translated are highlighted in green;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:61 +msgid "Text strings that need to be translated are highlighted in yellow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst-1 +msgid "Text to be translated highlighted in yellow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can then replace the original text with the translation by clicking the " +"block, editing its contents and saving." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once the languages have been installed, you can also translate some items " +"(e.g., the product's name and description) from the backend (e.g., in the " +"product template). To do so, click the language code (e.g., :guilabel:`EN`) " +"next to the text you want to translate (e.g., the product name) and add the " +"translation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:0 +msgid "Translate product-related items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:78 +msgid "" +"You can also :doc:`export/import translations " +"<../../../../developer/howtos/translations>` to translate multiple items " +"(e.g., product names and descriptions) in one go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:82 +msgid "Language selector menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:84 +msgid "To add a language selector menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:86 +msgid "Go to your website and click :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Select the block where you want to add the language selector menu (e.g., the" +" header)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:88 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Customize` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Navbar` section, set the :guilabel:`Language selector` " +"field to either :guilabel:`Dropdown` or :guilabel:`Inline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:0 +msgid "Add a language selector menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:3 +msgid "Unsplash (free images)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:6 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**As an Odoo Online user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to" +" follow this guide to set up Unsplash information since you will use our own" +" Odoo Unsplash key in a transparent way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:13 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for non-Odoo Online users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:15 +msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"`_ and click on **New " +"Application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:23 +msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " +"**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " +"that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on " +"**Create application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" +" to find your **access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:42 +msgid "" +"**As a non-Odoo Online user**, you won't be able to register for a " +"production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a " +"restriction of 50 Unsplash requests per hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:46 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash application ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:49 +msgid "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"`_ and click on your newly created " +"Unsplash application under **Your applications**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " +"ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" +" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:65 +msgid "" +"**As a non-Odoo Online user**, you won't be able to register for a " +"production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 " +"Unsplash requests per hour restriction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:5 +msgid "Pages" +msgstr "페이지" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:3 +msgid "Search Engine Optimisation (SEO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:5 msgid "" "Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" " website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " "short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:9 msgid "" "Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " "should have one and only one title ``

``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " @@ -1462,28 +3662,28 @@ msgid "" "``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:15 msgid "" "To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " "abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " "you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:20 msgid "" "But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " "content and the meta tags of your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:24 msgid "Meta Tags" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:27 msgid "Title, Description" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:29 msgid "" "Every web page should define the ```` and ``<description>`` meta " "data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " @@ -1492,11 +3692,11 @@ msgid "" "otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:39 msgid "Keywords" -msgstr "" +msgstr "핵심어" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:41 msgid "" "In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " "``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " @@ -1505,28 +3705,28 @@ msgid "" "the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:51 msgid "" "If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " "every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " "search tags." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:56 msgid "Content is King" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:58 msgid "" "When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" " to help you build your website content:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:61 msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:63 msgid "" "**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " "content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " @@ -1534,147 +3734,147 @@ msgid "" "channel-1>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:67 msgid "" "**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " "`odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com" " landing pages)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:71 msgid "" "**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " "website. Example: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " "<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_ (1000 pages created per month)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:77 msgid "" "The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " "Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " "content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:82 msgid "Use Social Networks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:84 msgid "" "Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" " on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " "are a huge factor for SEO ranking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:88 msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:91 msgid "Social Network" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:93 msgid "" "Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." " All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:100 msgid "Social Share" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:102 msgid "" "Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." " By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " "media wall." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:109 msgid "" "Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " "Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " "your page in the Promote tool." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:117 msgid "Facebook Page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:119 msgid "" "Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" " business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " "timeline, the next events and the messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:124 msgid "Twitter Scroller" -msgstr "" +msgstr "트위터 스크롤러" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:126 msgid "" "Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. This " "will increase the number of tweets and shares." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:130 msgid "Test Your Website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:132 msgid "" "You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " "WooRank free services: `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:137 msgid "URLs Handling" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:139 msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:142 msgid "URLs Structure" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:144 msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:146 msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:148 msgid "With the following components:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:150 msgid "**https://** = Protocol" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:152 msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:154 msgid "" "**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" " browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " "page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:159 msgid "" "**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" " catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:163 msgid "" "**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " "product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " @@ -1683,100 +3883,100 @@ msgid "" "forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:170 msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:172 msgid "" "Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " "example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:175 msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:177 msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:179 msgid "" "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " "name)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:182 msgid "" "Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " "post):" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:185 msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:187 msgid "In the above example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:189 msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:191 msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:193 msgid "" "When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " "(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " "search engines. Example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:197 msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:200 msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:202 msgid "" "When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " "product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:205 msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:207 msgid "" "If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " "done to route visitors to the new address of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:210 msgid "As an example, this URL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:212 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:214 msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:216 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:218 msgid "" "In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" " the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " @@ -1784,11 +3984,11 @@ msgid "" "maintaining the SEO link juice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:224 msgid "HTTPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:226 msgid "" "Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " "all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " @@ -1796,84 +3996,84 @@ msgid "" "equivalent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:232 msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:234 msgid "" "The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " "is for your SEO." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:237 msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:239 msgid "" "Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " "link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:243 msgid "" "Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " "links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:246 msgid "" "But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " "\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " "on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:251 msgid "" "Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " "trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " "attribute." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:256 msgid "Multi-Language Support" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:261 msgid "Multi-Language URLs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:263 msgid "" "If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " "available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:266 msgid "" "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " "here)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:268 msgid "" "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " "version)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:270 msgid "" "In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " "several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " "pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:275 msgid "Language Annotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:277 msgid "" "To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " "the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" @@ -1881,34 +4081,34 @@ msgid "" "pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:282 msgid "" "<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " "href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:285 msgid "With this approach:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:287 msgid "" "Search engines will redirect to the right language according to the visitor " "language." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:290 msgid "" "You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " "yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " "same content." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:295 msgid "Language Detection" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:297 msgid "" "When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " "yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " @@ -1916,13 +4116,13 @@ msgid "" "yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:302 msgid "" "Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " "redirection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:305 msgid "" "To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" " the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " @@ -1930,15 +4130,15 @@ msgid "" "using the browser language preferences." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:312 msgid "Page Speed" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:315 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "소개" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:317 msgid "" "The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " "faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " @@ -1950,42 +4150,43 @@ msgid "" "amazon-16-billion-sales>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:328 msgid "" "Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " "tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " "your website ranks using these two tools:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:332 msgid "" "`Google Page Speed " "<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" msgstr "" +"`Google 페이지 스피드 <https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:334 msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:337 msgid "Images" -msgstr "" +msgstr "이미지" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:339 msgid "" "When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " "their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " "for .JPG)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:343 msgid "" "From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " "unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " "performance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:351 msgid "" "Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " "requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" @@ -1993,18 +4194,18 @@ msgid "" "images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:357 msgid "" "When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " "the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " "attributes for the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:364 msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:369 msgid "" "Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " "<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." @@ -2012,32 +4213,32 @@ msgid "" "not result in extra requests to load the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:378 msgid "Static Resources: CSS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:380 msgid "" "All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " "cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:383 msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:385 msgid "" "this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " "clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " "resource." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:389 msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:391 msgid "" "**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " "theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " @@ -2047,7 +4248,7 @@ msgid "" "file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:398 msgid "" "**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " "set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " @@ -2059,7 +4260,7 @@ msgid "" "on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:408 msgid "" "To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " "single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " @@ -2068,55 +4269,55 @@ msgid "" "browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:415 msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:415 msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:417 msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:421 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:450 msgid ".text-muted {" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:422 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:451 msgid "color: #666;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:419 msgid "color: #777;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:419 msgid "background: yellow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:420 msgid "background: yellow;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:418 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:423 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:452 msgid "}" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:423 msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:429 msgid "" "The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " "By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " @@ -2128,79 +4329,79 @@ msgid "" " backend (/web)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:439 msgid "" "If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " "avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " "themes fit below this limit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:443 msgid "" "**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " "is minified to reduce its size." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:447 msgid "**Before minification**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:447 msgid "**After minification**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:449 msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:449 msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:455 msgid "" "The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:455 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:458 msgid "" "Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" "process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" " visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:464 msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:466 msgid "" "As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," " compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:469 msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:471 msgid "" "One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " "validation, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:474 msgid "" "One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:477 msgid "" "One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" " employees using Odoo)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:480 msgid "" "Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " "resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " @@ -2208,7 +4409,7 @@ msgid "" "visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:486 msgid "" "If you work on :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, the CSS and " "Javascript are neither concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. " @@ -2216,102 +4417,102 @@ msgid "" "Javascript resources are not transformed from their original versions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:491 msgid "CDN" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:493 msgid "" "If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " "images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" " Network has three advantages:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:497 msgid "" "Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" " around the globe)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:497 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:500 msgid "" "Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " "server)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:503 msgid "" "Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " "resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " "domain)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:507 msgid "" "You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" " Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:514 msgid "HTML Pages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:516 msgid "" "The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " "server (NGINX or Apache)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:519 msgid "" "The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " "HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " "usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:520 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:523 msgid "" "As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " "paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " "following code:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:527 msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:529 msgid "" "Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " "code:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:532 msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:535 msgid "Responsive Design" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:537 msgid "" "Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " "engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " "according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:544 msgid "" "As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " "website are mobile friendly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:548 msgid "Browser Caching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:550 msgid "" "Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " "when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " @@ -2321,44 +4522,44 @@ msgid "" "your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:554 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:557 msgid "" "This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " "XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:559 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:562 msgid "Scalability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:564 msgid "" "In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " "and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:567 msgid "" "Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " "eCommerce." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:573 msgid "Search Engines Files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:573 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:576 msgid "Sitemap" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:578 msgid "" "The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " "generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " "reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:582 msgid "" "By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " "have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " @@ -2367,22 +4568,22 @@ msgid "" "chunks per file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:588 msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:590 msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:592 msgid "" "``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " "automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" " could be the last modification date of the product or the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:597 msgid "" "``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" " their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" @@ -2390,11 +4591,11 @@ msgid "" "it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:604 msgid "Structured Data Markup" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:603 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:606 msgid "" "Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " "results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " @@ -2402,13 +4603,13 @@ msgid "" "presented search results." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:611 msgid "" "Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " "Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:611 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:614 msgid "" "Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " "<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " @@ -2416,29 +4617,29 @@ msgid "" "in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:624 msgid "robots.txt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:626 msgid "" "When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " "indexing rules of the ``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " "etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:627 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:630 msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:630 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:633 msgid "" "It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " "other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " "address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:637 msgid "" "You can customize the file *robots* in :ref:`developer mode <developer-" "mode>` from *Settings --> Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude " @@ -2447,682 +4648,234 @@ msgid "" "upgrades." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:3 -msgid "Unsplash (free images)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:6 -msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**As an Odoo Online user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to" -" follow this guide to set up Unsplash information since you will use our own" -" Odoo Unsplash key in a transparent way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:13 -msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for non-Odoo Online users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:15 -msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Go to your `applications dashboard " -"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New " -"Application**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:23 -msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:28 -msgid "" -"You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " -"**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " -"that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on " -"**Create application**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" -" to find your **access key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:42 -msgid "" -"**As a non-Odoo Online user**, you won't be able to register for a " -"production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a " -"restriction of 50 Unsplash requests per hour." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:46 -msgid "Generate an Unsplash application ID" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:49 -msgid "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Go to your `applications dashboard " -"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created " -"Unsplash application under **Your applications**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:57 -msgid "" -"You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " -"ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" -" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/unsplash.rst:65 -msgid "" -"**As a non-Odoo Online user**, you won't be able to register for a " -"production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 " -"Unsplash requests per hour restriction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish.rst:5 -msgid "Publish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Multi Websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " -"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " -"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " -"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," -" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" -" Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " -"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" -" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " -"visitors to it using Geo IP." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "보고" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " -"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " -"theme!" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/google_analytics.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " -"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/google_analytics.rst:5 +msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/google_analytics.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" -" Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See :ref:`domain-" -"name/existing`." +"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" +" you don't have any." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 -msgid "Create the menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/google_analytics.rst:10 msgid "" -"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " -"edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only" -" edit the menu of the current website." +"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " +"ID." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 -msgid "Switch from one website to another" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/google_analytics.rst:15 +msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/google_analytics.rst:20 msgid "" -"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " -"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " -"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" -" sign in." +"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " +"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/google_analytics.rst:27 msgid "" -"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " -"website (e.g., ``/shop/myproduct``). If this URL is not used, you will be " -"redirected to a 404 page but prompted to create a new page from there." +"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation" +" <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 -msgid "Add features" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Link trackers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:5 msgid "" -"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" -" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " -"removing the menu item." +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:12 msgid "" -"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " -"First, select the website to configure." +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst-1 msgid "" -"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " -"only impact the very website you are working on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 -msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 -msgid "languages," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 -msgid "domain names," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 -msgid "social media links," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 -msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 -msgid "dedicated live chat channels," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 -msgid "etc." +"View of Website settings page emphasizing the link trackers field in Odoo " +"Website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 -msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 -msgid "Manage domain names" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:113 -msgid "" -"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " -"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " -"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " -"redirected to the right website using GeoIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:21 msgid "" -"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " -"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" -"installation`" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/domain_names`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst-1 +msgid "View of the link tracker fields for Odoo Website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you setup an extra website and specify the domain name you will have to " -"do three things to get this feature to work:" +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Setup an A-record in the DNS configuration of your hosting provider so that " -"\"www.mywebsite2.ext\" is redirected to the IP of your Odoo instance." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:30 msgid "" -"Create an extra Nginx ``server`` block in which you set the ``server_name`` " -"that you've set in the :guilabel:`Website domain` field." +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:31 msgid "" -"Reload and restart your Nginx instance to use the new ``server`` block." +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:139 -msgid "Customize the visitor experience" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:33 msgid "" -"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" -" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " -"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " -"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " -"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:152 -msgid "Publish specific content per website" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:39 msgid "" -"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " -"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " -"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " -"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, you can also see complete " +"statistics by clicking on *Stats*, including the number of clicks, and the " +"country of origin for those clicks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst-1 msgid "" -"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " -"websites*:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:166 -msgid "Products" +"View of the tracked list emphasizing the statistics buttons in Odoo Website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 -msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "You can also access the link tracker on *odoo.com/r* via your browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:170 -msgid "Blogs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 -msgid "Slide Channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:174 -msgid "Forums" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 -msgid "Job Positions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:181 -msgid "" -"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " -"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:185 -msgid "Publish a page in all websites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:51 msgid "" -"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." -" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:53 msgid "" -"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " -"and set the new website." +"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics <google_analytics>`, those trackers " +"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " +"your marketing campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:55 msgid "" -"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" -" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " -"being linked to all websites." +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM " +"</applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` application allows " +"you to understand where your leads and opportunities are coming from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 -msgid "" -"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " -"page behind each edited page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:209 -msgid "Multi-companies" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible.rst:3 +msgid "Website analytics with Plausible.io" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 -msgid "" -"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" -"companies environment." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible.rst:5 +msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Plausible.io:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible.rst:7 msgid "" -"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " -"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." +"`Create a Plausible.io account <https://plausible.io/register>`_ if you " +"don't have any." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible.rst:8 msgid "" -"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " -"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " -"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " -"visitors." +"`Create your website <https://plausible.io/sites/new>`_ and `Start " +"collecting data` if it is not already done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible.rst:10 msgid "" -"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " -"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" -" selector in the menu." +"Go through the `list of your websites <https://plausible.io/sites>`_ and " +"click on the gear icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 -msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "Click on cog icon in the list of websites" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible.rst:16 msgid "" -"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" -" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " -"website." +"Click on the button :guilabel:`+ New Link` in the tab Visibility to create " +"your Shared links." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:239 -msgid "Products only available on one website" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "Adding a shared link in the Visibility tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible.rst:22 msgid "" -"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." -" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " -"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." +"Choose a name (and NO password - it is not supported to embed it in Odoo) " +"and click on the button `Create Shared Link`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:249 -msgid "Products available on *some* websites" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "Credentials creation for the new shared link" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible.rst:29 msgid "" -"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " -"should duplicate the product for each website." +"Copy the new Shared Link URL from Plausible.io and paste it into the " +"Settings of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 -msgid "" -"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " -"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " -"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" -" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " -"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "Copy the shared link URL from Plausible.io" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:261 -msgid "Pricelists" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "Paste the shared link URL to Odoo settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:263 -msgid "" -"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " -"Prices per Product* in Website settings." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "**You are on the Odoo Online Platform**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible.rst:0 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " -"additional pricelists. See " -":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +"When you `create your Odoo Online database <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`_, " +"we create it for you on our own server. You don't have anything to do." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:269 -msgid "" -"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " -"this website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:275 -msgid "" -"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " -"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " -"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:280 -msgid "Payment Providers and Delivery Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:282 -msgid "" -"By default, published payment providers and delivery methods are deployed in" -" all websites. You could already use specific payment providers per country " -"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " -"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:288 -msgid "Customer accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:290 -msgid "" -"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " -"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " -"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " -"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " -"the visitor mind." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 -msgid "Technical hints for customization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:302 -msgid "" -"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" -" make it work with multi websites:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:306 -msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:306 -msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:310 -msgid "Access: you should call the method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:309 -msgid "" -"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" -" can see a record in the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:314 -msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:313 -msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 -msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " -"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " -"being used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 -msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " -"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a" -" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 -msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 -msgid "Restart the server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " -"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " -"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " -"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation </developer/cli>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " -"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " -"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-" -"notice/>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 -msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:45 -msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 -msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 -msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 -msgid "" -"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:59 -msgid "" -"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " -"reasons :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " -"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " -":option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:63 -msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 -msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:3 -msgid "How to translate my website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " -"possibility to translate it in different languages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:12 -msgid "Process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" -" many different languages as you want." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:17 -msgid "You can only translate your website manually, follow the next step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " -"**Add a language**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " -"click on **Load.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " -"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " -"some of the text has been translated automatically." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible.rst:0 +msgid "**What about the Goal?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/plausible.rst:0 msgid "" -"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " -"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." +"Odoo pushes out-of-the-box custom events: `Lead Generation` and `Shop`." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 367d2705d..d6dd4bc1b 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -3344,7 +3344,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:83 msgid "Accounting Periods" -msgstr "Períodos Contábeis" +msgstr "Exercícios contábeis" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/setup.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -27612,7 +27612,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:78 msgid "Accounting Settings" -msgstr "Definições de Contabilidade" +msgstr "Definições financeiras" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:80 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 616098c24..35f7b634c 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ # Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Marcel Savegnago <marcel.savegnago@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -18,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-02 14:02+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Marcel Savegnago <marcel.savegnago@gmail.com>, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -5960,7 +5961,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:190 msgid "Blank" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Branco" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:192 msgid "There is neither a header nor a footer." diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 457c2e2d8..8b75f9a8e 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ # Jasmina Macur <jasmina@hbs.si>, 2023 # Matjaz Mozetic <m.mozetic@matmoz.si>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Tomaž Jug <tomaz@editor.si>, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -18,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-02 14:02+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Tomaž Jug <tomaz@editor.si>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -5745,7 +5746,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:360 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:498 msgid "Replace" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Replace" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -6072,7 +6073,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:152 msgid "Tabs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zavihki" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:155 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:51 diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index f0eeabcf3..62efed52e 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ # Jasmina Macur <jasmina@hbs.si>, 2023 # Tadej Lupšina <tadej@hbs.si>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Tomaž Jug <tomaz@editor.si>, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -21,7 +22,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-02 14:02+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Tomaž Jug <tomaz@editor.si>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -10480,7 +10481,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:256 msgid "Columns" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Columns" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:258 msgid "" @@ -19823,7 +19824,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:114 msgid "Other Information:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ostale informacije:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:0 msgid "Product Codes" @@ -21142,7 +21143,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:446 msgid "Storage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Shramba" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:448 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 22df46ee7..d98ea2210 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ # Boris Kodelja <boris@hbs.si>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Matjaz Mozetic <m.mozetic@matmoz.si>, 2023 +# Tomaž Jug <tomaz@editor.si>, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -18,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-02 14:02+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Matjaz Mozetic <m.mozetic@matmoz.si>, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Tomaž Jug <tomaz@editor.si>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1028,7 +1029,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:105 msgid "eCommerce Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "prodaja E-trgovine" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:105 msgid "`kpi_website_sale_total_value`" @@ -1333,7 +1334,7 @@ msgstr "Naziv oznake" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155 msgid "Purpose" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Namen" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 msgid "Example" diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 173d941f0..04aed6e2c 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ # matjaz k <matjaz@mentis.si>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Boris Kodelja <boris@hbs.si>, 2023 +# Tomaž Jug <tomaz@editor.si>, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -17,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-02 14:02+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Boris Kodelja <boris@hbs.si>, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Tomaž Jug <tomaz@editor.si>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -3477,7 +3478,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:281 msgid "Visitors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klepetaj z obiskovalci spletne strani" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 8f4015c92..51210e5d7 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ # Jasmina Macur <jasmina@hbs.si>, 2023 # Tadej Lupšina <tadej@hbs.si>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Tomaž Jug <tomaz@editor.si>, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -18,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-02 14:02+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Tomaž Jug <tomaz@editor.si>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -3028,7 +3029,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:157 msgid "Media" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mediji" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:166 msgid ":guilabel:`Image`" @@ -5362,7 +5363,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:29 msgid "Light" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Light" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 msgid "Light report layout sample" @@ -5370,7 +5371,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 msgid "Boxed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Škatlast" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 msgid "Boxed report layout sample" @@ -5386,7 +5387,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:47 msgid "Striped" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Črtast" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 msgid "Striped report layout sample" @@ -5624,7 +5625,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:207 msgid "Block" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Blok" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:209 msgid "" @@ -5676,7 +5677,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:235 msgid "Inline" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inline" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 msgid "" @@ -6076,7 +6077,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:161 msgid "Map" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zemljevid" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:163 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index c4ed52236..df376074a 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ # matjaz k <matjaz@mentis.si>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Matjaz Mozetic <m.mozetic@matmoz.si>, 2023 +# Tomaž Jug <tomaz@editor.si>, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -17,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-13 05:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Matjaz Mozetic <m.mozetic@matmoz.si>, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Tomaž Jug <tomaz@editor.si>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1353,23 +1354,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:88 msgid "Featured" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Izpostavljeni" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:89 msgid "Newest Arrivals" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Novejši prej" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:90 msgid "Name (A-Z)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Po imenu ( A-Ž )" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:91 msgid "Price - Low to High" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Po ceni - nižja prej" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:92 msgid "Price - High to Low" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Po ceni - višja prej" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -3696,7 +3697,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:39 msgid "Keywords" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ključne besede" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -3813,7 +3814,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:124 msgid "Twitter Scroller" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Twitter Scroller" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:126 msgid ""